Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / National Bankshares, Inc.

National Bankshares, Inc.

nksh · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nksh
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 245
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · National Bankshares, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Committed To
Community 
Banking

Serving Southwest 
Virginia Since 1891

NATIONAL BANKSHARES, INC.

101 HUBBARD STREET

BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA 24060

WWW.NATIONALBANKSHARES.COM

National Bankshares

BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA | NASDAQ: NKSH 
NATIONALBANKSHARES.COM  

2019

A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Banking Built on Values

National Bankshares, Inc.  will strive to maximize earnings by practicing “Banking Built 
on  Values”  where  our  customers  and  shareholders  can  expect  excellence  in  service 
based on honesty, integrity and accountability delivered by knowledgeable and valued 
employees who are committed to serving our communities as genuine professionals.

CORPORATE VALUES OF NATIONAL BANKSHARES
Positive Attitude
Accountability
Honesty and Integrity
Excellence in Service
Respect for Others
Open and Clear Communication
Knowledgeable

How do these values translate into our daily work? By fully investing in and immersing 
ourselves in these values, we will exhibit behaviors that show:

Team First 
We value our coworkers as much as ourselves

Excellence in Service 
We value our customers

Focus on Profitability 
We value our shareholders

Focus on Stewardship 
We value our communities

About Us

National Bankshares, Inc. is a community bank holding company with headquarters 
in Blacksburg in Southwest Virginia. National Bankshares is the parent company of 
National Bank, a community bank with over 128 years of service in the area. National 
Bank currently operates 25 office locations and one loan production office throughout 
Southwest Virginia and offers a full range of financial products and services, including 
deposit accounts, commercial, consumer and mortgage loans, credit cards and trust 
services.

National Bankshares also operates an insurance and brokerage subsidiary, National 
Bankshares Financial Services, Inc., which does business as National Bankshares 
Insurance Services and National Bankshares Investment Services.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
($ in thousands, except ratios, share and per share data)

FOR THE YEAR 

Net income 
Basic net income per share 
Diluted net income per share 
Cash dividends per share 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Net interest margin 
Efficiency ratio (1) 
Average equity to average assets 

AT YEAR-END 

$ 

2019 

17,466 
2.65 
2.65 
1.39 
1.39% 
9.87% 
3.29% 
54.44% 
14.09% 

2019 

2018 

16,151 
2.32 
2.32 
1.21 
1.29% 
8.65% 
3.36% 
53.20% 
14.91% 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015

14,092 
2.03 
2.03 
1.17 
1.14% 
7.64% 
3.45% 
50.41% 
14.93% 

14,942 
2.15 
2.15 
1.16 
1.24% 
8.30% 
3.51% 
49.32% 
14.92% 

15,833
2.28
2.28
1.14
1.37%
9.22%
3.86%
49.41%
14.86%

2017 

2016 

2015

Loans, net 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans 
Total securities 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Stockholders’ equity 
Book value per share 

$ 

726,588 

702,409 

660,144 

639,452 

0.94% 

1.04% 

1.19% 

1.28% 

$ 

436,483 
1,321,837 
1,119,753 
183,726 
28.31 

426,230 
1,256,032 
1,051,942 
190,238 
27.34 

459,751 
1,256,757 
1,059,734 
184,896 
26.57 

440,409 
1,233,942 
1,043,442 
178,263 
25.62 

610,711

1.34%

389,288
1,203,519
1,018,859
172,114
24.74

Net income ($ millions)

Cash dividends per share ($)

Return on average assets (%)

18

15

12

9

6

3

0

15.83

14.94

14.09

17.47

16.15

2015 2016

2017 2018 2019

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

1.14

1.16

1.17

1.21

2015 2016

2017 2018 2019

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

1.39

1.4

1.2

1.37

1.39

1.29

1.24

1.14

2015 2016

2017 2018 2019

Return on average equity (%)

Loans, net ($ millions)

Total assets ($ billions)

10

8

9.22

9.87

750

625

8.30

7.64

8.65

639.5 660.1

500

610.7

726.6

702.4

375

250

125

0

2015 2016

2017 2018 2019

2015 2016

2017 2018 2019

6

4

2

0

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

1.20 1.23 1.26 1.26

1.32

2015 2016

2017 2018 2019

(1) The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company believes provides investors with important information regarding operational 
efficiency. Such information is not prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and should not be viewed as a 
substitute for GAAP. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” included in Item 7 of the enclosed Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

For over 128 years we have been committed to 
community banking, and on behalf of the directors and 
employees of National Bankshares and National Bank, 
I am proud to say that in 2019 we have continued to 
honor our commitment to the customers, communities, 
and shareholders that we serve. 

2019 was another good year for National Bankshares, 
with increases in both net income and in the dividends 
paid to our shareholders. At the same time, we 
continued to control costs without sacrificing our 
investments in our employees, technologies or facilities. 
A few financial highlights of 2019 are as follows:

  Net Income increased by 8.14% to $17.47 million  

(vs. $16.15 million in 2018)

  Net loans increased by 3.44% to $726.59 million  

(vs. $702.41 million in 2018)

  Return on average assets increased to 1.39%  

(vs. 1.29% in 2018) 

  Return on average equity increased to 9.87%  

(vs. 8.65% in 2018)

  Per share dividend increased to $1.39  

(vs. $1.21 in 2018)

Providing outstanding customer service is still a big 
key to our business, and in 2019 we reaffirmed our 
commitment to improving our customers’ banking 
experience, whether online or in-person. Our new 
mobile banking app, launched at the beginning of 
2019, is intuitive, user-friendly, and gives our customers 
powerful financial tools like mobile check deposit 
and account push notifications. Thousands of our 
customers now use the app and the reviews have been 
overwhelmingly positive.

We also continued our commitment to building the 
most convenient branch network in the communities 
we serve. Last year we successfully relocated our 
Abingdon, Virginia office to a new location in their 
historic downtown’s thriving business district. The new 
Abingdon Office is more convenient and inviting for our 
customers, and significantly improves our presence in 
this growing market.

Providing excellent customer service relies on 
knowledgeable, motivated employees who share 
a culture rooted in our values. In 2019 we placed a 
renewed emphasis on training, team building, and 
leadership development. We are regularly bringing 
employees together from all of our offices to 

communicate, learn, and grow as a team. And as we 
have for many years, we continue to offer competitive 
pay and generous benefits, including a pension, a 401(k) 
with employer match, an Employee Stock Ownership 
Plan, and bank-sponsored medical insurance for full-
time employees. People truly make the difference in 
banking, and we are committed to recruiting, training, 
and retaining talented employees who will serve our 
customers well.

Our dedication to community banking extends 
beyond the business of banking. We also strive to 
be a good corporate citizen and a strong community 
supporter, and in 2019 we contributed to over 150 local 
community-based organizations and events across 
all of the areas that we serve. We also encourage our 
employees to be active participants in our communities. 
Bank officers and managers now receive two paid 
Community Leave days each year to volunteer for the 
organization of their choice.

Finally, I am excited to share news of our plans to open 
a new branch office in Roanoke, Virginia. Based on the 
success of our Roanoke Loan Production Office, we 
recently purchased land in Southwest Roanoke for the 
construction of a new full-service branch. We believe 
that the Roanoke market offers good potential for 
growth with its larger population, diversified economy, 
and proximity to our service area. We also think that 
Roanoke is a good fit for our brand of personalized 
banking, and we look forward to serving the Star City 
soon.

For well over a century, we have built our Company 
one relationship at a time, with service, accountability, 
honesty, and respect as our guiding values. We value 
our relationship with you, our shareholders, and we 
sincerely thank you for your trust and support in 
National Bankshares, Inc. 

F. Brad Denardo
Chairman, President & 
Chief Executive Officer

A complete discussion of the Company’s financial results 
is available in the SEC Form 10-K for 2019 that follows this 
summary annual report.

BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
NATIONAL BANKSHARES, INC. & NATIONAL BANK

National Bankshares recognizes the importance of an active, accountable and representative board of 
directors in the leadership of our Company. We are fortunate to work with leaders from public and private 
institutions that represent some of the key economic sectors in our region. Their experience, vision, and high 
ethical standards contribute greatly to the success of our Company and we are proud to have them as part 
of our team.

Standing, from left:

Glenn P. Reynolds
President
Reynolds Architects, Inc.

Lawrence J. Ball 
President, Retired 
Moog Components Group 

Dr. J. Lewis Webb, Jr.
Retired Dentist

William A. Peery
President
Cargo Oil Co., Inc.

Michael E. Dye
Pharmacist/Owner 
New Graham Pharmacy

Norman V. Fitzwater, III
President, Retired
A Cleaner World, Blacksburg

Dr. John E. Dooley
Chief Executive Officer
Virginia Tech Foundation, Inc. 

F. Brad Denardo
Chairman, President &  
Chief Executive Officer
National Bankshares, Inc.

Chairman, President &   
Chief Executive Officer
National Bank

Chairman, President & 
Chief Executive Officer
National Bankshares Financial 
Services, Inc.

Dr. Mary G. Miller
Director
Regional Acceleration and 
Mentoring Program

Seated, from left:

James C. Thompson
Chairman
Thompson & Litton, Inc.

Charles E. Green, III
Financial Planner
AXA Advisors, L.L.C.

Mildred R. Johnson
Dean of Admissions, Retired
Radford University

CORPORATE INFORMATION 

CORPORATE INFORMATION 

National Bankshares, Inc. Executive Officers

F. Brad Denardo 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

David K. Skeens 
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Annual Meeting
The Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be conducted 
exclusively as a “virtual meeting” via online webcast on 
Tuesday, May 12, 2020 at 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Corporate Stock
National Bankshares, Inc. common stock trades on the 
NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “NKSH”.

Financial Information
Investors and analysts seeking financial information about 
National Bankshares, Inc. should contact:

F. Brad Denardo 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
540-951-6300 or 800-552-4123 
bdenardo@nbbank.com

Written requests may be directed to:  
National Bankshares, Inc.  
P.O. Box 90002, Blacksburg, VA 24062-9002

NATIONAL BANK LOCATIONS

Stockholder Services and Stock Transfer Agent
Stockholders seeking information about stock transfer 
requirements, lost certificates, dividends and other 
stockholder matters should contact:

Ray L. Juidici
Vice President/Trust Officer 
540-961-8500 or 800-552-4123 
rjuidici@nbbank.com
or
Computershare, Inc. 
P.O. Box 30170 
College Station, TX 77842 
800-368-5948 
www.computershare.com

A copy of National Bankshares, Inc.’s annual report to the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K will be 
furnished without charge to any stockholder upon written 
request. The Form 10-K and other corporate publications 
are also available at www.nationalbankshares.com. Proxy 
materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders are 
available at: www.investorvote.com/NKSH

Corporate Office
National Bankshares, Inc. 
101 Hubbard Street 
Blacksburg, Virginia 24060 
P.O. Box 90002 
Blacksburg, Virginia 24062-9002 
www.nationalbankshares.com 
540-951-6300 or 800-552-4123 

Bluefield, VA (cid:31)
(2 locations)

Rich Creek (cid:31)     

Pearisburg (cid:31)     
Pembroke (cid:31) 

Richlands (cid:31)
Claypool Hill (cid:31)

(cid:31) Tazewell
(3 locations)

Radford (cid:31)

Dublin (cid:31)   

Pulaski (cid:31)
(2 locations)

Abingdon(cid:31)

(cid:31)
Wytheville

Galax (cid:31)  

(cid:31) Blacksburg
(6 locations)
(cid:31) Christiansburg

(2 locations)

(cid:31) Roanoke 

Loan Production Office

VIRGINIA

 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549  
FORM 10-K 

[x]  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019 

[  ]  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
For the transition period from ________ to ________. 
Commission File Number: 0-15204 

NATIONAL BANKSHARES, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)   

Virginia 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

54-1375874 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

101 Hubbard Street 
Blacksburg, Virginia 24062-9002 
(540) 951-6300 
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $1.25 per share 

Trading Symbol(s) 
NKSH 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
Nasdaq Capital Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes  [  ]   No  [x] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes  [  ]   No  [x] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days.   Yes [x]     No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation 
S-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such period that the registrant was required to submit files).  Yes [x]     No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 
Large accelerated filer [  ]         Accelerated filer [x]         Non-accelerated filer [  ]         Smaller reporting company [x]  Emerging growth company [ ] 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act [ ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [  ]     No [x] 

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 28, 2019 (the last business day of the most 
recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $253,261,996. As of March 10, 2020, the registrant had 6,489,574 shares of voting common stock 
outstanding. 

Portions of the following documents are incorporated herein by reference into the Part of the Form 10-K indicated. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

National Bankshares, Inc. Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 

Part III 

Document 

Part of Form 10-K into which incorporated 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NATIONAL BANKSHARES, INC.  
Form 10-K 
Index 

Part I 

Item 1. 

Business 

Item 1A.  

Risk Factors 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Item 3. 

Item 4. 

Part II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 

Item 7. 

Properties 

Legal Proceedings 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities 

Selected Financial Data 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Item 9. 

Item 9A. 

Item 9B. 

Part III 

Item 10. 

Item 11. 

Item 12. 

Item 13. 

Item 14. 

Part IV 

Item 15.  

Item 16. 

Signatures 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

Controls and Procedures 

Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Executive Compensation 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

Form 10-K Summary  

Page 

3 

12 

16 

16 

16 

16 

17 

19 

20 

48 

49 

95 

95 

96 

96 

96 

96 

96 

96 

97 

98 

99 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part I 
$ in thousands, except per share data. 

Item 1. Business 

History and Business 

National Bankshares, Inc. (the “Company” or “NBI”) is a financial holding company that was organized in 1986 under the laws of 
Virginia and is registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. It conducts most of its operations through its wholly-owned 
community bank subsidiary, the National Bank of Blacksburg (the  “Bank” or  “NBB”). It also owns National Bankshares Financial 
Services, Inc. (“NBFS”), which does business as National Bankshares Insurance Services and National Bankshares Investment Services. 
References in this report to “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to NBI unless the context indicates that the reference is to NBB. 

The National Bank of Blacksburg 

The  National  Bank  of  Blacksburg,  which  does  business  as  National  Bank,  was  originally  chartered  in  1891  as  the  Bank  of 
Blacksburg. Its state charter was converted to a national charter in 1922 and it became the National Bank of Blacksburg. In 2004, NBB 
purchased Community National Bank of Pulaski, Virginia. In May, 2006, Bank of Tazewell County, a Virginia bank which since 1996 
was a wholly-owned subsidiary of NBI, was merged with and into NBB. 

NBB is community-oriented and offers a full range of retail and commercial banking services to individuals, businesses, non-profits 
and local governments from its headquarters in Blacksburg, Virginia and its twenty-four branch offices throughout southwest Virginia 
and  one  loan  production  office  in  Roanoke  Virginia.  NBB  has  telephone,  mobile  and  internet  banking  and  it  operates  twenty-four 
automated teller machines in its service area. 

The Bank’s primary source of revenue stems from lending activities.  The Bank focuses lending on small and mid-sized businesses 
and individuals. Loan types include commercial and agricultural, commercial real estate, construction for commercial and residential 
properties, residential real estate, home equity and various consumer loan products. The Bank believes its prudent lending policies align 
its underwriting and portfolio management with its risk tolerance and income strategies. Underwriting and documentation requirements 
are tailored to the unique characteristics and inherent risks of each loan category. 

The Bank’s loan policy is updated and approved by the Board of Directors annually and disseminated to lending and loan portfolio 
management personnel to ensure consistent lending practices. The policy communicates the Company’s risk tolerance by prescribing 
underwriting guidelines and procedures, including approval limits and hierarchy, documentation standards, requirements for collateral 
and loan-to-value limits, debt coverage, overall creditworthiness and guarantor support. 

Of primary consideration is the repayment ability of the borrowers and (if secured) the collateral value in relation to the principal 
balance.    Collateral  lowers  risk  and  may  be  used  as  a  secondary  source  of  repayment.  The  credit  decision  must  be  supported  by 
documentation appropriate to the type of loan, including current financial information, income verification or cash flow analysis, tax 
returns, credit reports, collateral information, guarantor verification, title reports, appraisals (where appropriate) and other documents.  
A discussion of underwriting policies and procedures specific to the major loan products follows. 

Commercial Loans.  Commercial and agricultural loans primarily finance equipment acquisition, expansion, working capital, and 
other  general  business  purposes.    Because  these  loans  have  a  higher  degree  of  risk,  the  Bank  generally  obtains  collateral  such  as 
inventory, accounts receivables or equipment and personal guarantees from the borrowing entity’s principal owners.  The Bank’s policy 
limits lending up to 60% of the appraised value for inventory, up to 90% of the lower of cost of market value of equipment and up to 
70% for accounts receivables less than 90 days old.  Credit decisions are based upon an assessment of the financial capacity of the 
applicant, including the primary borrower’s ability to repay within proposed terms, a risk assessment, financial strength of guarantors 
and adequacy of collateral. Credit agency reports of individual owners’ credit history supplement the analysis. 

Commercial Real Estate Loans. Commercial mortgages and construction loans are offered to investors, developers and builders 
primarily within the Bank’s market area in southwest Virginia. These loans generally are secured by first mortgages on real estate. The 
loan  amount  is  generally  limited  to  80%  of  the  collateral  value  and  is  individually  determined  based  on  the  property  type,  quality, 
location and financial strength of any guarantors. Commercial properties financed include retail centers, office space, hotels and motels, 
apartments, and industrial properties.  

Underwriting decisions are based upon an analysis of the economic viability of the collateral and creditworthiness of the borrower. 
The Bank obtains appraisals from qualified certified independent appraisers to establish the value of collateral properties. The property’s 
projected net cash flows compared to the debt service requirement (often referred to as the “debt service coverage ratio”) is required to 
be 115% or greater and is computed after deduction for a vacancy factor and property expenses, as appropriate. Borrower cash flow may 
be supplemented by a personal guarantee from the principal(s) of the borrower and guarantees from other parties. The Bank requires 
title insurance, fire, extended coverage casualty insurance and flood insurance, if appropriate, in order to protect the security interest in 
the underlying property. In addition, the Bank may employ stress testing techniques on higher balance loans to determine repayment 
ability in a changing rate environment before granting loan approval. 

Public Sector and Industrial Development Loans. The Bank provides both long and short term loans to municipalities and other 
governmental  entities  within  its  geographical  footprint.  Borrowers  include  general  taxing  authorities  such  as  a  city  or  county, 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
industrial/economic development authorities or utility authorities. Repayment sources are derived from taxation, such as property taxes 
and  sales  taxes,  or  revenue  from  the  project  financed  with  the  loan.  The  Company’s  underwriting  considers  local  economic  and 
population trends, reserves and liabilities, including pension liabilities.  

Construction Loans. Construction loans are underwritten against projected cash flows from rental income, business and/or personal 
income from an owner-occupant or the sale of the property to an end-user. Associated risks may be mitigated by requiring fixed-price 
construction contracts, performance and payment bonding, controlled disbursements, and pre-sale contracts or pre-lease agreements.  

Consumer Real Estate Loans.  The Bank offers a variety of first mortgage and junior lien loans secured by primary residences to 
individuals within our markets.  Credit decisions are primarily based on loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios, debt-to-income (“DTI”) ratios, 
liquidity  and  net  worth.    Income  and  financial  information  is  obtained  from  personal  tax  returns,  personal  financial  statements  and 
employment documentation.  A maximum LTV ratio of 80% is generally required, although higher levels are permitted.  The DTI ratio 
is limited to 43% of gross income. 

Consumer real estate mortgages may have fixed interest rates for the entire term of the loan or variable interest rates subject to 
change after the first, third, or fifth year.  Variable rates are based on the weekly average yield of United States Treasury Securities and 
are underwritten at fully-indexed rates. We do not offer certain high risk loan products such as interest-only consumer mortgage loans, 
hybrid loans, payment option adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”), reverse mortgage loans, loans with initial teaser rates or any product 
with  negative  amortization.  Hybrid  loans  are  loans  that  start  out  as  a  fixed  rate  mortgage,  but  after  a  set  number  of  years  they 
automatically  adjust  to  an  ARM.  Payment  option  ARMs  usually  have  adjustable  rates,  for  which  borrowers  choose  their  monthly 
payment of either a full payment, interest only, or a minimum payment which may be lower than the payment required to reduce the 
balance of the loan in accordance with the originally underwritten amortization.   

Home equity loans are secured primarily by second mortgages on residential property. The underwriting policy for home equity 
loans  generally  permits  aggregate  (the  total  of  all  liens  secured  by  the  collateral  property)  borrowing  availability  up  to  80%  of  the 
appraised value of the collateral. We offer both fixed rate and variable rate home equity loans, with variable rate loans underwritten at 
fully-indexed rates. Decisions are primarily based on LTV ratios, DTI ratios, liquidity and credit history. We do not offer home equity 
loan products with reduced documentation.  

Consumer  Loans.  Consumer  loans  include  loans  secured  by  automobiles,  loans  to  consumers  secured  by  other  non-real  estate 
collateral and loans to consumers that are unsecured. Automobile loans include loans secured by new or used automobiles. We originate 
automobile loans on a direct basis.  During 2018 and years prior, automobile loans were also originated on an indirect basis through 
selected dealerships.  This program was discontinued in 2019.   We require borrowers to maintain collision insurance on automobiles 
securing consumer loans. Our procedures for underwriting consumer loans include an assessment of an applicant’s overall financial 
capacity,  including  credit  history  and  the  ability  to  meet  existing  obligations  and  payments  on  the  proposed  loan.  An  applicant’s 
creditworthiness is the primary consideration, and if the loan is secured by an automobile or other collateral, the underwriting process 
also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral security to the proposed loan amount.  

Other  Products  and  Services.    Deposit  products  offered  by  the  Bank  include  interest-bearing  and  non-interest  bearing  demand 
deposit  accounts,  money  market  deposit  accounts,  savings  accounts,  certificates  of  deposit,  health  savings  accounts  and  individual 
retirement accounts. Deposit accounts are offered to both individuals and commercial businesses. Business and consumer debit and 
credit cards are available. NBB offers other miscellaneous services normally provided by commercial banks, such as letters of credit, 
night depository, safe deposit boxes, utility payment services and automatic funds transfer. NBB conducts a general trust business that 
has wealth management, trust and estate services for individual and business customers. 
   At December 31, 2019, NBB had  total assets of $1,318,594  and total deposits of $1,119,961. NBB’s net income  for 2019 was 
$18,011, which produced a return on average assets of 1.43% and a return on average equity of 9.82%. Refer to Note 11 of the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements for NBB’s risk-based capital ratios.  

National Bankshares Financial Services, Inc. 

In 2001, National Bankshares Financial Services, Inc. was formed in Virginia as a wholly-owned subsidiary of NBI. NBFS offers 
non-deposit investment products and insurance products for sale to the public. NBFS works cooperatively with Infinex Investments, 
Inc. to provide investments and with Bankers Insurance, LLC for insurance products. NBFS does not significantly contribute to NBI’s 
net income.  

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Revenue 

The following table displays components that contributed 15% or more of the Company’s total operating revenue for the years 

ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

Period 
December 31, 2019 

December 31, 2018 

December 31, 2017 

Market Area 

Class of Service 
Interest and Fees on Loans 
Interest on Investments 
Noninterest Income 
Interest and Fees on Loans 
Interest on Investments 
Noninterest Income 
Interest and Fees on Loans 
Interest on Investments 
Noninterest Income 

Percentage of 
Total Revenues 

62.79 % 
18.09 % 
16.30 % 
61.49 % 
22.02 % 
15.17 % 
61.22 % 
21.55 % 
15.62 % 

The Company’s market area in southwest Virginia is made up of the counties of Montgomery, Roanoke, Giles, Pulaski, Tazewell, 
Wythe,  Smyth  and  Washington.  It  includes  the  independent  cities  of  Roanoke,  Radford  and  Galax,  and  the  portions  of  Carroll  and 
Grayson Counties that are adjacent to Galax. The Company also serves those portions of Mercer County and McDowell County, West 
Virginia that are contiguous with Tazewell County, Virginia and portions of Monroe County, West Virginia that are contiguous with 
Giles County, Virginia. Although largely rural, the market area is home to two major universities, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and 
State University (“Virginia Tech”) and Radford University, and to three community colleges. Virginia Tech, located in Blacksburg, 
Virginia,  is  the  area’s  largest  employer  and  is  Virginia’s  second  largest  university.  A  second  state  supported  university,  Radford 
University, is located nearby. In recent years, Virginia Tech’s Corporate Research Center has brought a number of technology-related 
companies to Montgomery County. 

In addition to education, the market area has a diverse economic base with manufacturing, agriculture, tourism, healthcare, retail 
and service industries. Large manufacturing facilities in the region include Celanese Acetate, the largest employer in Giles County, and 
Volvo Heavy Trucks, the largest company in Pulaski County. Both of these firms have experienced cycles of hiring and layoffs within 
the past several years. Tazewell County is largely dependent on the coal mining industry and on agriculture for its economic base. Coal 
production is a cyclical industry that has declined significantly in recent years and suffered from increased regulations. Montgomery 
County, Bluefield in Tazewell County and Abingdon in Washington County are regional retail centers and have facilities to provide 
basic health care for the region.  

NBI’s  market  area  offers  the  advantages  of  a  good  quality  of  life,  scenic  beauty,  moderate  climate  and  historical  and  cultural 

attractions. The region has had some recent success attracting retirees, particularly from the Northeast and urban northern Virginia. 

Because NBI’s market area is economically diverse and includes large public employers, it has historically avoided the most extreme 
effects of past economic downturns. If the economy wavers or experiences recession, it is likely that unemployment will rise and that 
other economic indicators will negatively impact the Company's market.  

Competition 

The banking and financial services industry is highly competitive. The competitive business environment is a result of changes in 
regulation,  changes  in  technology  and  product  delivery  systems  and  competition  from  other  financial  institutions  as  well  as  non-
traditional financial services. NBB competes for loans and deposits with other commercial banks, credit unions, securities and brokerage 
companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, retailers, automobile companies and other nonbank financial service providers. 
Many of these competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader 
array of financial services than NBB. In order to compete, NBB relies upon a deep knowledge of its markets, a service-based business 
philosophy, personal relationships with customers, specialized services tailored to meet customers’ needs and the convenience of office 
locations. In addition, the Bank is generally competitive with other financial institutions in its market area with respect to interest rates 
paid on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans and other service charges on loans and deposit accounts.  

Cybersecurity 

As a financial institution, NBI is subject to cybersecurity risks and has suffered two cybersecurity incidents.  To manage and mitigate 
cybersecurity risk, the Company limits certain transactions and interactions with customers.  The Company does not offer online account 
openings or loan originations, limits the dollar amount of online banking transfers to other banks, does not permit customers to submit 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
address changes or  wire requests through online banking,  requires a special vetting process  for commercial customers  who  wish  to 
originate ACH transfers, and limits certain functionalities of mobile banking.  The Company also requires assurances from key vendors 
regarding their cybersecurity.  While these measures reduce the likelihood and scope of the risk of further cybersecurity breaches, in 
light of the evolving sophistication of system intruders, the risk of such breaches continues to exist.  We maintain insurance for these 
risks  but  insurance  policies  are  subject  to  exceptions,  exclusions  and  terms  whose  applications  have  not  been  widely  interpreted  in 
litigation.  Accordingly, insurance can provide less than complete protection against the losses that result from cybersecurity breaches 
and pursuing recovery from insurers can result in significant expense.  In addition, some risks such as reputational damage and loss of 
customer goodwill, which can result from cybersecurity breaches cannot be insured against. 

Organization and Employment 

NBI, NBB and NBFS are organized in a holding company/subsidiary structure. At December 31, 2019, NBB had 235 full time 
equivalent employees and NBFS had 3 full time employees.  NBB performs services and charges commensurate fees to NBI and NBFS. 

Regulation, Supervision and Government Policy 

NBI and NBB are subject to state and federal banking laws and regulations that provide for general regulatory oversight of all 
aspects of their operations. As a result of substantial regulatory burdens on banking, financial institutions like NBI and NBB are at a 
disadvantage to other competitors who are not as highly regulated, and NBI and NBB’s costs of doing business are accordingly higher. 
Legislative efforts to prevent a repeat of the 2008 financial crisis culminated in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform  and Consumer 
Protection Act of 2010 (“the “Dodd-Frank Act”). This legislation, together with existing and planned regulations, dramatically increased 
the regulatory burden on commercial banks. The burden falls disproportionately on community banks like NBB, which must devote a 
higher proportion of their human and other resources to compliance than do their larger competitors. The financial crisis also heightened 
the  examination  focus  by  banking  regulators,  particularly  on  Bank  Secrecy  Act,  real  estate-related  assets  and  commercial  loans. 
However,  with the passage of the Economic  Growth,  Regulatory  Reform and  Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”) in 2018, a 
number of regulatory requirements for smaller financial institutions like the Company were reduced or eliminated (see below). The 
following is a brief summary of certain laws, rules and regulations that affect NBI and NBB.  

National Bankshares, Inc. 

NBI is a bank holding company qualified as a financial holding company under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 
as amended (“BHCA”), which is administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”).  As 
such, NBI is subject to the supervision, examination, and reporting requirements of the BHCA and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. 
NBI is required to furnish to the Federal Reserve an annual report of its operations at the end of each fiscal year and such additional 
information  as  the  Federal  Reserve  may  require  pursuant  to  the  BHCA.  The  Federal  Reserve  is  authorized  to  examine  NBI  and  its 
subsidiaries.  With  some  limited  exceptions,  the  BHCA  requires  a  bank  holding  company  to  obtain  prior  approval  from  the  Federal 
Reserve before acquiring or merging with a bank or before acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares of a bank unless it already 
controls a majority of shares.  

The Bank Holding Company Act. Under the BHCA, a bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in nonbanking 
activities unless the Federal Reserve has found those activities to be incidental to banking. Amendments to the BHCA that were included 
in  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  of  1999  (see  below)  permitted  any  bank  holding  company  with  bank  subsidiaries  that  are  well-
capitalized, well-managed and which have a satisfactory or better rating under the Community Reinvestment Act (see below) to file an 
election with the Federal Reserve to become a financial holding company. A financial holding company may engage in any activity that 
is (i) financial in nature (ii) incidental to a financial activity or (iii) complementary to a financial activity. Financial activities include 
insurance underwriting, insurance agency activities, securities dealing and underwriting and providing financial, investment or economic 
advising  services.  NBI  is  a  financial  holding  company  that  currently  engages  in  insurance  agency  activities  and  provides  financial, 
investment or economic advising services. 

The Virginia Banking Act. The Virginia Banking Act requires all Virginia bank holding companies to register with the Virginia 
State Corporation Commission (the “Commission”). NBI is required to report to the Commission with respect to its financial condition, 
operations and management. The Commission may also make examinations of any bank holding company and its subsidiaries and must 
approve the acquisition of ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any Virginia bank or bank holding company.  

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) permits significant combinations among different sectors 
of the financial services industry, allows for expansion of financial service activities by bank holding companies and offers financial 
privacy protections to consumers. GLBA preempts most state laws that prohibit financial holding companies from engaging in insurance 
activities. GLBA permits affiliations between banks and securities firms in the same holding company structure, and it permits financial 
holding companies to directly engage in a broad range of securities and merchant banking activities.  

6 

 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“SOX”) protects investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate 
disclosures. It impacts all companies with securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including NBI. SOX creates 
increased responsibility for chief executive officers and chief financial officers with respect to the content of filings with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission. Section 404 of SOX and related Securities and Exchange Commission rules focused increased scrutiny by 
internal and external auditors on NBI’s systems of internal controls over financial reporting,  which is designed to ensure that those 
internal  controls  are  effective  in  both  design  and  operation.  SOX  sets  out  enhanced  requirements  for  audit  committees,  including 
independence and expertise, and it includes stronger requirements for auditor independence and limits the types of non-audit services 
that auditors can provide. Finally, SOX contains additional and increased civil and criminal penalties for violations of securities laws. 

Capital  and  Related  Requirements.  In  August,  2018,  the  Federal  Reserve  updated  the  Small  Bank  Holding  Company  Policy 
Statement (the “Statement”), in compliance with the EGRRCPA.  The Statement, among other things, exempts bank holding companies 
that  fall  below  a  certain  asset  threshold  from  reporting  consolidated  regulatory  capital  ratios  and  from  minimum  regulatory  capital 
requirements.  The interim final rule expands the exemption to bank holding companies with consolidated total assets of less than $3 
billion. Prior to August 2018, the statement exempted bank holding companies with consolidated total assets of less than $1 billion. As 
a result of the interim final rule, the Company qualifies as of August, 2018 as a small bank holding company and is no longer subject to 
regulatory capital requirements on a consolidated basis. 

The Bank continues to be subject to various capital requirements administered by banking agencies as described below. Failure to 
meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  trigger  certain  mandatory  and  discretionary  actions  by  regulators  that  could  have  a  direct 
material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law on July 21, 2010. Its wide 
ranging provisions affect all federal financial regulatory agencies and nearly every aspect of the American financial services industry. 
The Dodd-Frank Act created an independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) which has the ability to write rules 
for consumer protections governing all financial institutions. All consumer protection responsibility formerly handled by other banking 
regulators was consolidated in the CFPB. It oversees the enforcement of all federal laws intended to ensure fair access to credit. For 
smaller financial institutions such as NBI and NBB, the CFPB coordinates its examination activities through their primary regulators. 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  contains  provisions  designed  to  reform  mortgage  lending,  which  includes  the  requirement  of  additional 
disclosures  for  consumer  mortgages,  and  the  CFPB  implemented  many  mortgage  lending  regulations  to  carry  out  its  mandate. 
Additionally, in response to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve issued rules in 2011 which had the effect of limiting the fees 
charged to merchants by credit card companies for debit card transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act also contains provisions that affect 
corporate governance and executive compensation. 

The Dodd-Frank Act provisions are extensive and have required the Company and the Bank to deploy resources to comply with 
them. Several federal agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the CFPB and the Securities and Exchange Commission, have been in 
the  process  of  issuing  final  regulations  implementing  major  portions  of  the  legislation,  and  this  process  will  be  affected  by  the 
EGRRCPA, which rolls back many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act (see below).  

Source of Strength. Federal Reserve policy has historically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and 
managerial  strength  to  their  subsidiary  banks.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  codified  this  policy  as  a  statutory  requirement.  Under  this 
requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources and capital to support NBB, including at times when the Company may not 
be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are 
subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding 
company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a 
subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment. 

The Economic Growth, Regulatory Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2018. In May 2018 the EGRRCPA amended provisions 
of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  and  other  statutes  administered  by  banking  regulators.  Among  these  amendments  are  provisions  to  tailor 
applicability of certain of the enhanced prudential standards for Systemically Important Financial Institutions (“SIFI’s”) and to increase 
the $50 billion asset threshold in two stages to $250 billion to which these enhanced standards apply. The EGRRCPA exempts insured 
depository institutions (and their parent companies) with less than $10 billion in consolidated assets and that meet certain tests from the 
Volker  Rule  (which  prohibits  banks  from  conducting  certain  investment  activities  with  their  own  accounts).  As  discussed  above, 
pursuant to EGRRCPA, regulators finalized a new CBLR framework for financial institutions with less than $10 billion in consolidated 
assets.  If  the  financial  institution  maintains  its  tangible  equity  above  the  CBLR  it  will  be  deemed  in  compliance  with  the  various 
regulatory capital requirements currently in effect. The EGRRCPA increased the asset threshold from $1 billion to $3 billion for financial 
institutions to qualify for an 18 month on site examination schedule. The EGRRCPA changes numerous other regulatory requirements 
based on the size and complexity of financial institutions, particularly benefiting smaller institutions like the Company. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The National Bank of Blacksburg 

NBB is a national banking association incorporated under the laws of the United States, and the bank is subject to regulation and 
examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). NBB’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to the limits of applicable law. The OCC, as the primary regulator, and the FDIC regulate and monitor all 
areas of NBB’s operation. These areas include adequacy of capitalization and loss reserves, loans, deposits, business practices related 
to the charging and payment of interest, investments, borrowings, payment of dividends, security devices and procedures, establishment 
of branches, corporate reorganizations and maintenance of books and records. NBB is required to maintain certain capital ratios. It must 
also  prepare  quarterly  reports  on  its  financial  condition  for  the  OCC  and  conduct  an  annual  audit  of  its  financial  affairs.  The  OCC 
requires NBB to adopt internal control structures and procedures designed to safeguard assets and monitor and reduce risk exposure. 
While appropriate for the safety and soundness of banks, these requirements add to overhead expense for NBB and other banks.  

The Community Reinvestment Act. NBB is subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), which imposes 
an affirmative obligation on financial institutions to meet the credit needs of the communities they serve, including low and moderate 
income  neighborhoods.  The  OCC  monitors  NBB’s  compliance  with  the  CRA  and  assigns  public  ratings  based  upon  the  bank’s 
performance in meeting stated assessment goals. Unsatisfactory CRA ratings can result in restrictions on bank operations or expansion. 
NBB received a “satisfactory” rating in its last CRA examination by the OCC. 

In December 2019, the FDIC and the OCC jointly proposed rules that would significantly change existing CRA regulations. The 
proposed rules are intended to increase bank activity in low and moderate income communities where there is significant need for credit, 
more responsible lending, greater access to banking services, and improvements to critical infrastructure. The proposals change four 
key areas: (i) clarifying what activities qualify for CRA credit; (ii) updating where activities count for CRA credit; (iii) providing a more 
transparent and objective method for measuring CRA performance; and (iv) revising CRA-related data collection, record keeping, and 
reporting.  The Bank is evaluating what impact this proposed rule, if implemented, may have on its operations. 

Privacy Legislation. Several recent laws, including the Right to Financial Privacy Act and the GBLA, and related regulations issued 
by the federal bank regulatory agencies, also provide new protections against the transfer and use of customer information by financial 
institutions. A financial institution must provide to its customers information regarding its policies and procedures with respect to the 
handling of customers’ personal information. Each institution must conduct an internal risk assessment of its ability to protect customer 
information.  These  privacy  provisions  generally  prohibit  a  financial  institution  from  providing  a  customer’s  personal  financial 
information to unaffiliated parties without prior notice and approval from the customer. 

The USA Patriot Act. The USA Patriot Act (“Patriot Act”) facilitates the sharing of information among government entities and 
financial institutions to combat terrorism and money laundering. The Patriot Act imposes an obligation on NBB to establish and maintain 
anti-money laundering policies and procedures, including a customer identification program. The Bank must screen all customers against 
government lists of known or suspected terrorists. The Patriot Act, particularly as it relates to money laundering, is a significant focus 
of regulators and there is substantial regulatory oversight to insure compliance.  

Consumer  Laws  and  Regulations.  There  are  a  number  of  laws  and  regulations  that  regulate  banks’  consumer  loan  and  deposit 
transactions. Among these are the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal 
Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Fair Debt Collections 
Practices Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act, laws governing flood insurance, federal and 
state laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive business practices, foreclosure laws and various regulations that implement some or all of 
the foregoing. NBB is required to comply with these laws and regulations in its dealings with customers. In addition, the CFPB has 
adopted and may continue to refine rules regulating consumer mortgage lending pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act. There are numerous 
disclosure and other compliance requirements associated with the consumer laws and regulations. The EGRRCPA modified a number 
of these requirements, including, for qualifying institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, a safe harbor for compliance with the 
“ability to pay” requirements for consumer mortgage loans. 

Deposit Insurance. NBB has deposits that are insured by the FDIC. The FDIC maintains a Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) that is 
funded by risk-based insurance premium assessments on insured depository institutions. Assessments are determined based upon several 
factors, including the level of regulatory capital and the results of regulatory examinations. The FDIC may adjust assessments if the 
insured institution’s risk profile changes or if the size of the DIF declines in relation to the total amount of insured deposits. Beginning 
April 1, 2011, an institution’s assessment base became consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity as defined by the FDIC.  
The FDIC has authority to impose (and has imposed during the recent financial crisis) special measures to boost the deposit insurance 
fund such as prepayments of assessments and additional special assessments. 

After giving primary regulators an opportunity to first take action, FDIC may initiate an enforcement action against any depository 
institution it determines is engaging in unsafe or unsound actions or which is in an unsound condition, and the FDIC may terminate that 
institution’s deposit insurance. NBB has no knowledge of any matter that would threaten its FDIC insurance coverage.      

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
Capital Requirements. NBB is subject to the rules implementing the Basel III capital framework and certain related provisions of 
the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) as applied by the OCC.  The Basel III Capital Rules require NBB to comply with 
minimum  capital  ratios  plus  a  “capital  conservation  buffer”  designed  to  absorb  losses  during  periods  of  economic  stress.    The 
implementation period for the capital conservation buffer began in 2016 and it was fully phased in on January 1, 2019.  The following 
table presents the required minimum ratios along with the required minimum ratios including the capital conservation buffer: 

Regulatory Capital Ratios 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets 
Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets 
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets 
Leverage Ratio 

Minimum Ratio 

Minimum Ratio With 
Capital Conservation 
Buffer 

4.50 % 
6.00 % 
8.00 % 
4.00 % 

7.00 %  
8.50 %  
10.50 %  
4.00 %  

Risk-weighted assets are assets on the balance sheet as well as certain off-balance sheet items, such as standby letters of credit, to 
which weights between 0% and 1250% are applied, according to the risk of the asset type.  Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (“CET1”) is 
capital according to the balance sheet, adjusted for goodwill and intangible assets and other prescribed adjustments.  At NBB’s election, 
CET1 is also adjusted to exclude accumulated other comprehensive income.  Tier 1 Capital is CET1 adjusted for additional capital 
deductions.  Total Capital is Tier 1 Capital increased for the allowance for loan losses and adjusted for other items. The Leverage Ratio 
is the ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total average assets, less goodwill and intangibles and certain deferred tax assets.  As of December 31, 
2019, NBB’s capital ratios exceeded the above minimum ratios including the capital conservation buffer. 

 NBB is also subject to the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act of 
1950, which were revised, effective as of January 1, 2015, to incorporate a CET1 ratio and to increase certain other capital ratios. To be 
classified as well capitalized under the revised regulations, NBB must have the following minimum capital ratios: (i) a CET1 ratio of at 
least 6.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio of at least 8.0%; (iii) a Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio of at 
least 10.0%; and (iv) a Leverage Ratio of at least 5.0%.  NBB exceeded the thresholds to be considered well capitalized as of December 
31, 2019. 

Pursuant to the EGRRCPA regulators have provided for an optional, simplified measure of capital adequacy, which is commonly 
known as the “community bank leverage ratio” framework (“CBLR”), for qualifying community banking organizations.  Banks that 
qualify, including NBB, may opt in to the CBLR framework beginning January 1, 2020 or any time thereafter.  The CBLR framework 
eliminates the requirement to comply with capital ratios disclosed above and, instead, requires the disclosure of a single leverage ratio, 
with a minimum requirement of 9%.  The Company and the Bank are evaluating whether to opt in to the CBLR framework.  

In December 2017, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published standards that it described as the finalization of the 
Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as “Basel IV”). Among other things, these standards 
revise the standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new capital requirements for 
certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments,” such as unused credit card lines of credit) and provide a new standardized approach 
for operational risk capital. Under the proposed framework, these  standards  will generally be effective on January 1,  2022, with an 
aggregate output floor phasing-in through January 1, 2027. Under the current capital rules, operational risk capital requirements and a 
capital floor apply only to “advanced approaches” institutions, and not to the Company or the Bank. The impact of Basel IV on the 
Company and the Bank will depend on the manner in which it is implemented by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  

Limits on Dividend Payments. A significant portion of NBI’s income is derived from dividends paid by NBB. As a national bank, 
NBB may not pay dividends from its capital, and it may not pay dividends if the bank would become undercapitalized, as defined by 
regulation, after paying the dividend. Without prior OCC approval, NBB’s dividend payments in any calendar year are restricted to the 
bank’s retained net income for that year, as that term is defined by the laws and regulations, combined with retained net income from 
the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus. 

The OCC and FDIC have authority to limit dividends paid by NBB if the payments are determined to be an unsafe and unsound 
banking practice. Any payment of dividends that depletes the bank’s capital base could be deemed to be an unsafe and unsound banking 
practice.  

Branching. As a national bank, NBB is required to comply with the state branch banking laws of Virginia, the state in which the 
main office of the bank is located. NBB must also have the prior approval of the  OCC to establish a branch or acquire an existing 
banking operation. Under Virginia law, NBB may open branch offices or acquire existing banks or bank branches anywhere in the state. 
Virginia law also permits banks domiciled in the state to establish a branch or to acquire an existing bank or branch in another state. The 
Dodd-Frank Act permits the OCC to approve applications by national banks like NBB to establish de novo branches in any state in 
which a bank located in that state is permitted to establish a branch. 

Ability-to-Repay and Qualified Mortgage Rule. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB amended Regulation Z as implemented 
by  the  Truth  in  Lending  Act,  requiring  mortgage  lenders  to  make  a  reasonable  and  good  faith  determination  based  on  verified  and 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. 
Mortgage lenders are required to determine consumers’ ability to repay in one of two ways. The first alternative requires the mortgage 
lender to consider the following eight underwriting factors when making the credit decision: (i) current or reasonably expected income 
or  assets;  (ii)  current  employment  status;  (iii)  the  monthly  payment  on  the  covered  transaction;  (iv)  the  monthly  payment  on  any 
simultaneous loan; (v) the monthly payment for mortgage-related obligations; (vi) current debt obligations, alimony, and child support; 
(vii) the  monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual income;  and (viii) credit history.  Alternatively, the  mortgage lender can originate 
“qualified mortgages,” which are entitled to a presumption that the creditor making the loan satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. 
In general, a “qualified mortgage” is a mortgage loan without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments or terms 
exceeding 30 years. In addition, to be a qualified mortgage the points and fees paid by a consumer cannot exceed 3% of the total loan 
amount. Qualified  mortgages  that are  “higher-priced” (e.g. subprime  loans) create a rebuttable presumption of compliance  with the 
ability-to-repay rules, while qualified mortgages that are not “higher-priced” (e.g. prime loans) are given a safe harbor of compliance. 
The Company is predominantly an originator of compliant qualified mortgages. 

Office of Foreign Assets Control. The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) is responsible for 
administering and enforcing economic and trade sanctions against specified foreign parties, including countries and regimes, foreign 
individuals and other foreign organizations and entities. OFAC publishes lists of prohibited parties that are regularly consulted by the 
Company in the conduct of its business in order to assure compliance. The Company is responsible for, among other things, blocking 
accounts of, and transactions with, prohibited parties identified by OFAC, avoiding unlicensed trade and financial transactions with such 
parties and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with OFAC requirements could have serious legal, 
financial and reputational consequences for the Company. 

Incentive  Compensation.  In  June  2010,  the  federal  bank  regulatory  agencies  issued  comprehensive  final  guidance  on  incentive 
compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of financial institutions do not undermine the safety 
and soundness of such institutions by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation 
Policies, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of a financial institutions, either individually 
or  as  part  of  a  group,  is  based  upon  the  key  principles  that  a  financial  institution’s  incentive  compensation  arrangements  should 
(i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the institution’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be 
compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active 
and effective oversight by the financial institution’s board of directors. 

Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies and the Securities and Exchange Commission to establish 
joint  regulations  or  guidelines  prohibiting  incentive-based  payment  arrangements  at  specified  regulated  entities  that  encourage 
inappropriate risk-taking by providing an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder with excessive compensation, 
fees, or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. The federal banking agencies issued such proposed rules in 
March 2011 and issued a revised proposed rule in June 2016 implementing the requirements and prohibitions set forth in Section 956. 
The revised proposed rule would apply to all banks, among other institutions, with at least $1 billion in average total consolidated assets 
for which it would go beyond the existing Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies to (i) prohibit certain types 
and  features  of  incentive-based  compensation  arrangements  for  senior  executive  officers,  (ii) require  incentive-based  compensation 
arrangements to adhere to certain basic principles to avoid a presumption of encouraging inappropriate risk, (iii) require appropriate 
board or committee oversight, (iv) establish minimum recordkeeping, and (v) mandate disclosures to the appropriate federal banking 
agency. 

The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements 
of financial institutions, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to 
each financial institution based on the scope and complexity of the institution’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation 
arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated 
into  the  institution’s  supervisory  ratings,  which  can  affect  the  institution’s  ability  to  make  acquisitions  and  take  other  actions. 
Enforcement actions may be taken against a financial institution if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management 
control or governance processes, pose a risk to the institution’s safety and soundness and the financial institution is not taking prompt 
and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had not been made aware of any instances 
of non-compliance with the final guidance. 

Cybersecurity. In March 2015, federal regulators issued two related statements regarding cybersecurity. One statement indicates 
that financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk 
management  processes  also  address  the  risk  posed  by  compromised  customer  credentials,  including  security  measures  to  reliably 
authenticate  customers  accessing  internet-based  services  of  the  financial  institution.  The  other  statement  indicates  that  a  financial 
institution’s  management  is  expected  to  maintain  sufficient  business  continuity  planning  processes  to  ensure  the  rapid  recovery, 
resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is 
also  expected  to  develop  appropriate  processes  to  enable  recovery  of  data  and  business  operations  and  address  rebuilding  network 
capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber-attack. If the Company 
fails to observe the regulatory guidance, it could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Monetary Policy 

The monetary and interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve, as well as general economic conditions, affect the business and 
earnings of NBI. NBB and other banks are particularly sensitive to interest rate fluctuations. The spread between the interest paid on 
deposits and that which is charged on loans is the most important component of the bank’s earnings. In addition, interest earned on 
investments  held  by  NBI  and  NBB  has  a  significant  effect  on  earnings.  U.S.  fiscal  policy,  including  deficits  requiring  increased 
governmental borrowing also can affect interest rates. As conditions change in the national and international economy and in the money 
markets, the Federal Reserve’s actions, particularly with regard to interest rates, and the effects of fiscal policies can impact loan demand, 
deposit levels and earnings at NBB. It is not possible to accurately predict the effects on NBI of economic and interest rate changes.  

Other Legislative and Regulatory Concerns   

Federal and state laws and regulations are regularly proposed that could affect the regulation of financial institutions. New, revised 
or rescinded regulations could add to the regulatory burden on banks and other financial service providers and increase the costs of 
compliance, or they could change the products that can be offered and the manner in which financial institutions do business. We cannot 
foresee how regulation of financial institutions may change in the future and how those changes might affect NBI.  

Company Website 

NBI maintains a website at www.nationalbankshares.com. The Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 
10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports are made available on its website as soon as is practical after 
the material is electronically filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company’s proxy materials for the 2020 annual 
meeting  of  stockholders  are  also  posted  on  a  separate  website  at  www.investorvote.com/NKSH.    Access  through  the  Company’s 
websites  to  the  Company’s  filings  is  free  of  charge.  The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  maintains  an  internet  site 
(http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information the Company files electronically 
with the SEC.    

Executive Officers of the Company 

The following is a list of names and ages of all executive officers of the Company; their terms of office as officers; the positions and 

offices within the Company held by each officer; and each person’s principal occupation or employment during the past five years. 

Name 

F. Brad Denardo  

Age 

67 

David K. Skeens 

53 

Lara E. Ramsey 

51 

Offices and Positions Held 

National Bankshares, Inc.: Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(“CEO”), May 2019 to Present; President and CEO, September 2017 – May 
2019; Executive Vice President, April 2008 – August 2017.  
The  National  Bank  of  Blacksburg:  Chairman,  September  2017  to  Present; 
President  &  CEO,  July  2014  to  Present;  Executive  Vice  President/Chief 
Operating Officer, October 2002 – July 2014.  
National Bankshares Financial Services, Inc.: Chairman, President and CEO 
of National Bankshares Financial Services, Inc., September 2017 to Present; 
Treasurer, June 2011 to Present. 

National Bankshares, Inc.: Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), 
January 2009 to Present. 
The National Bank of Blacksburg: Senior Vice President/Operations & Risk 
Management  &  CFO, 
to  Present;  Senior  Vice 
President/Operations & Risk Management, February 2008 – January 2009; 
Vice President/Operations & Risk Management, April 2004- February 2008. 

January  2009 

National Bankshares, Inc.: Corporate Secretary, June 2016 to Present. 
National Bankshares, Inc.: Senior Vice President/Administration, June 2011 
to Present. 
National Bankshares, Inc.: Vice President/Human Resources, January 2001 – 
June 2011. 

Year Elected an 
Officer/Director 

1989 

2009 

2016 

Continued 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paul M. Mylum 

53 

Rebecca M. Melton 

49 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

The National Bank of Blacksburg: Executive Vice President, November 2019 
to Present 
The  National  Bank  of  Blacksburg:  Senior  Vice  President/Chief  Lending 
Officer, August 2016 – November 2019. 
The  National  Bank  of  Blacksburg:  Senior  Vice  President/Loans,  August 
2012—August 2016. 

The National Bank of Blacksburg: Senior Vice President/Chief Credit Officer, 
November 2018 to Present.   
Skyline National Bank: Chief Risk Officer, July 2016 – November 2018. 
Skyline National Bank: Chief Credit Officer, June 2011 – July 2016 

2012 

2018 

If economic trends reverse or recession returns, our credit risk will increase and there could be greater loan losses. 

A reversal in economic trends or return to a recession is likely to result in a higher rate of business closures and increased job losses 
in the region in which we do business. In addition, reduced state funding for the public colleges and universities that are large employers 
in our market area could have an adverse effect on employment levels and on the area’s economy. These factors would increase the 
likelihood that more of our customers would become delinquent or default on their loans. A higher level of loan defaults could result in 
higher loan losses, which could adversely affect our result of operations and financial condition. 

A reversal in economic trends, return to recession, or change in interest rates could increase the risk of losses in our investment 
portfolio. 

The Company holds both corporate and municipal bonds in its investment portfolio. A reversal in economic trends or return to 
recession could increase the actual or perceived risk of default by both corporate and government issuers and, in either case, could 
adversely affect the value of these investments. In addition, the value of these investments could be adversely affected by a change in 
interest rates and related factors, including the pricing of securities. 

A decline in the condition of the local real estate market could negatively affect our business.  

Substantially all of the Company’s real property collateral is located in its market area. If there is a decline in real estate values, 
especially  in  the  Company’s  market  area,  the  collateral  for  loans  would  deteriorate  and  provide  significantly  less  security  to  the 
Company.  In the event the Company forecloses on a loan that is collateralized with property having reduced market value, the Company 
may suffer a recovery loss. 

Focus on lending to small to mid-sized community-based businesses may increase our credit risk. 
       Most  of  the  Company’s  commercial  business  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  made  to  small  business  or  middle  market 
customers. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities and 
have  a  heightened  vulnerability  to  economic  conditions. If  general  economic  conditions  in  the  market  areas  in  which  the  Company 
operates negatively impact this important customer sector, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition may be adversely 
affected.   Moreover,  a  portion  of  these  loans  have  been  made  by  the  Company  in  recent  years  and  the  borrowers  may  not  have 
experienced  a  complete  business  or  economic  cycle  since  becoming  borrowers  of  the  Bank. The  deterioration  of  the  borrowers’ 
businesses may hinder their ability to repay their loans with the Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
financial condition and results of operations. 

When market interest rates change, our net interest income can be negatively affected in the short term.  

The direction and speed of interest rate changes affect our net interest margin and net interest income. In the short term, rising 
interest rates may negatively affect our net interest income if our interest-bearing liabilities (generally deposits) reprice sooner than our 
interest-earning assets (generally loans).  Falling interest rates may negatively affect our net interest income if our interest-earning assets 
reprice sooner than our interest-bearing liabilities. 

The allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses. 

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, an allowance for loan losses is maintained to 
provide for probable loan losses. The allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual credit losses, and future provisions 
for credit losses could materially and adversely affect operating results.  The allowance for loan losses is based on prior experience as 
well as an evaluation of risks in the current portfolio. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating, and 
other outside forces and conditions, including changes in interest rates, all of which are beyond the Company’s control; and these losses 
may exceed current estimates. Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review the Company’s loans 
and allowance for loan losses.  The Company also outsources independent loan review.  While management believes that the allowance 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for loan losses is adequate to cover current probable losses, it cannot make assurances that it will not further increase the allowance for 
loan losses or that regulators will not require it to increase this allowance. Either occurrence could adversely affect earnings. 

The allowance for loan losses requires management to make significant estimates that affect the consolidated financial statements. 
Due to the inherent nature of this estimate, management cannot provide assurance that it will not significantly increase the allowance 
for loan losses, which could materially and adversely affect earnings. 

Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial 
condition. 

The Company’s nonperforming assets adversely affect its net income in various ways. The Company expects to continue to incur 
additional losses relating to volatility in nonperforming loans. The Company does not record interest income on nonaccrual loans, which 
adversely affects its income and increases credit administration costs. When the Company receives collateral through foreclosures and 
similar proceedings, it is required to mark the related asset to the then fair market value of the collateral less estimated selling costs, 
which may, and often does, result in a loss. An increase in the level of nonperforming assets also increases the Company’s risk profile 
and may impact the capital levels regulators believe are appropriate in light of such risks. The Company utilizes various techniques such 
as workouts and restructurings to manage problem assets. Increases in or negative adjustments in the value of these problem assets, the 
underlying collateral, or in the borrowers’ performance or financial condition, could adversely affect the Company’s business, results 
of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from 
management  and  staff,  which  can  be  detrimental  to  the  performance  of  their  other  responsibilities,  including  generation  of  new 
loans. There can be no assurance that the Company will avoid further increases in nonperforming loans in the future. 

The Company relies upon independent appraisals to determine the value of the real estate which secures a significant portion of 
its loans, and the values indicated by such appraisals may not be realizable if the Company is forced to foreclose upon such 
loans. 

A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of loans secured by real estate. The Company relies upon independent 
appraisers to estimate the value of such real estate. Appraisals are only estimates of value and the independent appraisers may make 
mistakes  of  fact  or  judgment  which  adversely  affect  the  reliability  of  their  appraisals.  In  addition,  events  occurring  after  the  initial 
appraisal may cause the value of the real estate to increase or decrease.  As a result of any of these factors, the real estate securing some 
of the Company’s loans may be more or less valuable than anticipated at the time the loans were made. If a default occurs on a loan 
secured by real estate that is less valuable than originally estimated, the Company may not be able to recover the outstanding balance of 
the loan and will suffer a loss. 

If competition increases, our business could suffer. 

The financial services industry is highly competitive,  with  a number of commercial banks, credit unions, insurance companies, 
stockbrokers and other nonbank financial service providers seeking to do business with our customers. If there is additional competition 
from new business or if our existing competitors focus more attention on our market, we could lose customers and our business could 
suffer.  

Additional laws and regulations, or revisions and rescission of existing laws and regulations, could lead to a significant increase 
in our regulatory burden. 

Both federal and state governments could enact new laws and regulations affecting financial institutions that would further increase 
our regulatory burden and could negatively affect our profits. Likewise, revisions or rescission of existing laws and regulations already 
implemented  may  result  in  additional  compliance  costs,  at  least  in  the  short  term  or,  if  done  imprudently,  could  ultimately  create 
economic risks negatively affecting our revenues.   

Intense oversight by regulators could result in stricter requirements and higher overhead costs. 

Regulators for the Company and the Bank are tasked with ensuring compliance with applicable laws and regulations.  Laws and 
regulations are subject to a degree of interpretation.  If financial industry regulators take more extreme interpretations, the Company’s 
earnings could be adversely impacted. 

Political, economic and social risks in the U.S. and the rest of the world could negatively affect the financial markets. 

Political, economic and social risks in the U.S. and the rest of the world could affect financial markets and affect fiscal policy which 

could negatively affect our investment portfolio and earnings.  

Our information systems may experience an interruption or security breach. 
  We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security 
of these systems could result in failures or disruptions of our internet banking, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies 
and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, 
there can be no assurance that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if it does occur, that it will be adequately 
addressed. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company collects and stores sensitive data, including proprietary business information and 
personally identifiable information of its customers and employees, in systems and on networks. The secure processing, maintenance 
and use of this information is critical to the Company’s operations and business strategy. The Company has invested in industry-accepted 
technologies, and annually reviews its processes and practices that are designed to protect its networks, computers and data from damage 
or unauthorized access. Despite these security measures, the Company’s computer systems experienced two cyber-intrusions, one in 
May 2016 and one in January 2017 in which certain customer information was compromised, but which did not cause interruption to 
the Company’s normal operations.  The Company has implemented additional security measures since the breaches. The Company’s 
computer  systems  and  infrastructure  may  in  the  future  be  vulnerable  to  attacks  by  hackers  or  breached  due  to  employee  error, 
malfeasance or other disruptions. A breach of any kind could compromise systems and the information stored there could be accessed, 
damaged or disclosed. The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of our communications and information systems 
could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to civil 
litigation and possible financial liability. 

Cyber-attacks may disarm and/or bypass system safeguards and allow unauthorized access and misappropriation of financial 
data and assets. 

As a financial institution, we are vulnerable to and the target of cyber-attacks that attempt to access our digital technology systems, 

disarm and/or bypass system safeguards, access customer data and ultimately increase the risk of economic and reputational loss. 

The Company experienced two cyber-intrusions, one in May 2016 and one in January 2017 in which certain customer information 
was compromised. The Company has strengthened its multi-faceted approach to reduce the exposure of our systems to cyber-intrusions, 
strengthen our defenses against hackers and protect customer accounts and information relevant to customer accounts from unauthorized 
access.  These tools include digital technology safeguards, internal policies and procedures, and employee training.  

The  Company  believes  its  cybersecurity  risk  management  program  reasonably  addresses  the  risk  from  cybersecurity  attacks.  
However, it is not possible to fully eliminate exposure. We may experience human error or have unknown susceptibilities that allow our 
systems to become victim to a highly-sophisticated cyber-attack.  If hackers gain entry to our systems, they may disable other safeguards 
that limit loss, including limits on the number, amount and frequency of automated teller machine (“ATM”) withdrawals, as well as 
other loss-prevention or detection measures. 

Cybersecurity attacks are probable and may result in additional costs. 

The Company has experienced many attempted cybersecurity attacks, of which two resulted in a breach.  The Company estimates 
that  the  probability  of  future  attempted  cyber-attacks  is  high.    To  reduce  the  risk  of  loss  from  cyber-attacks  and  to  remediate 
vulnerabilities discovered through the breach investigations, the Company has incurred costs related to forensic investigations, legal and 
advisory expenses, insurance premiums, system monitoring and testing, and installing new technological infrastructure and defenses.  
The Company has implemented every recommendation from the forensic investigations.  If the Company experiences another cyber-
breach, these costs will increase and the Company will also likely incur additional litigation, reputational harm and regulatory costs. 

Insurance may not cover losses from cybersecurity attacks. 

The Company has invested in insurance related to cybersecurity.  Insurance policies are necessary to protect the Company from 
major losses but may be written in such a way as to limit the protection from certain risks, including cyber risks for which the availability 
of insurance coverage is currently limited.  If the insurance carrier denies coverage of losses the Company may litigate, resulting in 
additional legal expense.  Because of policy technicalities, litigation may not result in a favorable outcome for the Company. 

The Company relies on other companies to provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure. 

Third parties provide key components of the Company’s business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring 
transactions, online banking interfaces and services, internet connections and network access. While the Company has selected these 
third party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions. Any problem caused by these third parties, including those resulting from 
disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor, failure of a vendor to handle current or higher volumes, failures of a vendor 
to provide services for any reason or poor performance of services, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and 
services to its customers and otherwise conduct its business. Financial or operational difficulties of a third party vendor could also hurt 
the Company’s operations if those difficulties interface with the vendor’s ability to serve the Company.  Replacing these third party 
vendors could also create significant delay and expense and damage the Company’s ability to service its customers, resulting in a loss 
of customer goodwill. Accordingly, use of such third parties creates an unavoidable inherent risk to the Company’s business operations. 

Consumers may increasingly decide not to use the Bank to complete their financial transactions, which would have a material 
adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and operations. 
       Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically 
have  involved  banks.  For  example,  consumers  can  now  maintain  funds  that  would  have  historically  been  held  as  bank  deposits  in 
brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying 
bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries could result 
in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Changes in funding for higher education could materially affect our business. 

Two major employers in the Company’s market area are Virginia Tech and Radford University, both state-supported institutions.  
If federal or state support for public colleges and universities wanes, our business may be adversely affected from declines in university 
programs, capital projects, employment, enrollment and other related factors. 

The Company is dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely 
affect the Company’s operations and prospects. 

The  Company  currently  depends  on  the  services  of  a  number  of  key  management  personnel.  The  loss  of  key  personnel  could 
materially and adversely affect the results of operations and financial condition. The Company’s success also depends in part on the 
ability to attract and retain additional qualified management personnel. Competition for such personnel is strong and the Company may 
not be successful in attracting or retaining the personnel it requires. 

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.  

The  authorities  who  promulgate  accounting  standards,  including  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board,  SEC,  and  other 
regulatory authorities, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. These changes are difficult to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports 
its  financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard 
retroactively, resulting in the restatement of consolidated financial statements for prior periods. Such changes could also require the 
Company to incur additional personnel or technology costs. Notably, guidance issued in June 2016 requires a change in the calculation 
of credit reserves from using an incurred loss model to using the current expected credit losses model (“CECL”). During 2019, the 
standard’s effective date was delayed for the Company and other qualifying institutions until January 1, 2023. The Company formed a 
management committee to prepare for the new standard.  The committee implemented data collection measures, researched forecasting 
resources, studied applicable loss calculations and has begun running preliminary CECL models concurrent with the incurred loss model. 
The committee will analyze the CECL disclosures of companies who adopt the standard effective January 1, 2020 for consideration in 
further  refining  its  CECL  calculations.  To  implement  the  standard,  the  Company  will  incur  costs  related  to  data  collection  and 
documentation, technology, training and increased audit expenses to validate the model. Implementation could significantly impact our 
required credit reserves.  Other impacts to capital levels, profit and loss and various financial metrics will also result. 

The Company is subject to claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility.  

From  time  to  time,  customers  make  claims  and  take  legal  action  pertaining  to  the  performance  of  the  Company’s  fiduciary 
responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the performance of the Company’s fiduciary responsibilities are 
founded or unfounded, if  such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a  manner  favorable to the Company, they  may result in 
significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Company and its products and services, as well as 
impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results 
of operations. 

The Company’s ability to pay dividends depends upon the results of operations of its subsidiaries.  

The Company is a financial holding company and a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of its operations through 
NBB. As a result, the Company’s ability to make dividend payments on its common stock depends primarily on certain federal regulatory 
considerations and the receipt of dividends and other distributions from NBB. There are various regulatory restrictions on the ability of 
NBB to pay dividends or make other payments to the Company. Although the Company has historically paid a cash dividend to the 
holders of its common stock, holders of the common stock are not entitled to receive dividends, and regulatory or economic factors may 
cause the Company’s Board of Directors to consider, among other things, the reduction of dividends paid on the Company’s common 
stock. 

While the Company’s common  stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, it has less liquidity than stocks for 
larger companies quoted on a national securities exchange.  

The trading volume in the Company’s common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market has been relatively low when compared with 
larger companies listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market or other stock exchanges. There is no assurance that a more active and liquid 
trading market for the common stock will exist in the future. Consequently, stockholders may not be able to sell a substantial number 
of shares for the same price at which stockholders could sell a smaller number of shares. In addition, the Company cannot predict the 
effect, if any, that future sales of its common stock in the market, or the availability of shares of common stock for sale in the market, 
will have on the market price of the common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the market, or the potential for 
large amounts of sales in the market, could cause the price of the Company’s common stock to decline, or reduce the Company’s ability 
to raise capital through future sales of common stock. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The Company’s liquidity needs could adversely affect results of operations and financial condition. 

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits and loan repayments. While scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable 
source of funds, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans. The ability of borrowers to repay loans can be adversely 
affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, changes in economic conditions, reductions in real estate values or markets, 
availability of, and/or access to, sources of refinancing, business closings or lay-offs, and natural disasters. Additionally, deposit levels 
may be affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, regulatory 
capital  requirements,  returns  available  to  customers  on  alternative  investments  and  general  economic  conditions.  Accordingly,  the 
Company may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund 
operations. Such sources include Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) advances, sales of securities and loans, federal funds 
lines of credit  from correspondent banks and borrowings  from the  Federal Reserve Discount Window, as  well as additional out-of-
market time deposits and brokered deposits. While the Company believes that these sources are currently adequate, there can be no 
assurance  they  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  future  liquidity  demands,  particularly  if  the  Company  continues  to  grow  and  experiences 
increasing loan demand. The Company may be required to slow or discontinue loan growth, capital expenditures or other investments 
or liquidate assets should such sources not be adequate. 

Natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, the impact of health epidemics and other adverse external events could 
detrimentally affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

Natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other adverse external events could have a significant negative impact on our ability 
to conduct business or upon third parties who perform operational services for us or our customers.  Such events also could affect the 
stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, 
cause significant property damage, result in lost revenue or cause us to incur additional expenses. 

The recent coronavirus outbreak could negatively impact the ability of our employees and customers to engage in banking and other 
financial transactions in the geographic areas in which the Company operates. The Company also could be adversely affected if key 
personnel or a significant number of employees were to become unavailable due to a coronavirus outbreak in our market areas.  Although 
the Company has business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, there is no assurance that such plans and safeguards will be 
effective.  In the event of a natural disaster, the spread of the coronavirus to our market areas or other adverse external events, our 
business, services, asset quality, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

The effects of widespread public health emergencies may negatively affect our local economies or disrupt our operations, 
which would have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.  
  Widespread health emergencies, such as the recent coronavirus outbreak, can disrupt our operations through their impact on our 
employees, customers and their businesses, and the communities in  which  we operate. Disruptions to our customers could result in 
increased risk of delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures and losses on our loans, negatively impact regional economic conditions, result 
in a decline in local loan demand, loan originations and deposit availability and negatively impact the implementation of our growth 
strategy. Any one or more of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

There are no unresolved staff comments.  

Item 2. Properties 

NBB owns and has a branch bank in NBI’s headquarters building located at 101 Hubbard Street, Blacksburg, Virginia. NBB’s main 
office is at 100 South Main Street, Blacksburg, Virginia. NBB owns an additional seventeen branch offices and it leases six branch locations 
and a loan production office. We believe that existing facilities are adequate for current needs and to meet anticipated growth. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

NBI, NBB, and NBFS are not currently involved in any material pending legal proceedings.  There are no legal proceedings against the 

Company related to cybersecurity.   

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Common Stock Information and Dividends 

National Bankshares, Inc.’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “NKSH.” As of December 31, 

2019, there were 611 record stockholders of NBI common stock.  

NBI’s primary source of funds for dividend payments is dividends from its bank subsidiary, NBB. Bank dividend payments are 
restricted  by  regulators,  as  more  fully  disclosed  in  “Regulation,  Supervision  and  Government  Policy”  contained  in  Part  I,  Item  1, 
“Business” and Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data” of this Form 10-K.  

On May 15, 2019, NBI’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. 
The authorization extends from June 1, 2019 to May 31, 2020.  During 2019, the Company repurchased 452,400 shares under a prior 
repurchase authorization and 16,000 shares under the repurchase program authorized in May 2019.  The Company may yet repurchase 
984,000 shares under the program. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

Share repurchase activity during the fourth quarter of 2019 was as follows: 

Period 
October 1, 2019 – October 31, 2019 
November 1, 2019 – November 30, 2019 
December 1, 2019 – December 31, 2019 

Total during fourth quarter 2019 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased(1)    
---    
---    
---    

---    

Average Price  
Paid 
Per Share 

---    
---    
---    

---    

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Program(1)    
---    
---    
---    

Number of 
Shares that May Yet 
Be Purchased  
Under the Program(1) 
984,000 
984,000 
984,000 

---      

 (1) In May 2019, the Company announced the Board of Directors had renewed authorization to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares under 
its share repurchase program.  The authorization expires May 31, 2020.  The Company’s share repurchase program does not obligate it 
to acquire any specific number of shares or any shares at all.  

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 468,400 shares. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total of stockholder return on NBI common stock 
with  the  cumulative  return  on  the  Nasdaq  Composite  Index,  and  the  Nasdaq  Bank  Index  for  the  five-year  period  commencing  on 
December 31, 2014.  These comparisons assume the investment of $100 in National Bankshares, Inc. common stock in each of the 
indices on December 31, 2014, and the reinvestment of dividends.  

National  Bankshares,  Inc.
Total Return  Performance

 220

 200

 180

 160

 140

 120

 100

 80

 60

 40

 20

 -

e
u

l
a
V
x
e
d
n
I

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

NATIONAL BANKSHARES, INC.

NASDAQ COMPOSITE INDEX

NASDAQ BANK INDEX

NATIONAL BANKSHARES, INC. 
NASDAQ COMPOSITE INDEX 
NASDAQ BANK INDEX 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

100  
100  
100  

121  
107  
108  

153  
117  
150  

165  
151  
158  

136  
147  
133  

173  
201  
167  

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

National Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Selected Consolidated Financial Data 

$ in thousands, except per share data 

Selected Income Statement Data: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income taxes 
Net income 

Per Share Data: 
Basic net income 
Diluted net income 
Cash dividends declared 
Book value  

Selected Balance Sheet Data at End of Year:  
Loans, net of unearned income and deferred fees and 

costs, and the allowance for loan losses 

Total securities 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Stockholders’ equity 

Selected Balance Sheet Daily Averages: 
Loans, net of unearned income and deferred fees and 

costs, and the allowance for loan losses 

Total securities 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Stockholders’ equity  

Selected Ratios: 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Dividend payout ratio 
Average equity to average assets  
Efficiency ratio(1) 

2019 

Year ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

  $ 

45,147   $ 
7,380  
37,767  
126  
8,790  
25,754  
3,211  
17,466  

43,224   $ 
5,047  
38,177  
(81 ) 
7,729  
27,276  
2,560  
16,151  

41,260   $ 
4,125  
37,135  
157  
7,636  
24,229  
6,293  
14,092  

40,930   $ 
4,166  
36,764  
1,650  
7,115  
23,335  
3,952  
14,942  

2.65  
2.65  
1.39  
28.31  

2.32  
2.32  
1.21  
27.34  

2.03  
2.03  
1.17  
26.57  

2.15  
2.15  
1.16  
25.62  

2015 

42,914  
4,183  
38,731  
2,009  
6,764  
22,913  
4,740  
15,833  

2.28  
2.28  
1.14  
24.74  

  726,588  
  436,483  
 1,321,837  
 1,119,753  
  183,726  

  702,409  
  426,230  
 1,256,032  
 1,051,942  
  190,238  

  660,144  
  459,751  
 1,256,757  
 1,059,734  
  184,896  

  639,452  
  440,409  
 1,233,942  
 1,043,442  
  178,263  

  610,711  
  389,288  
  1,203,519  
  1,018,859  
  172,114  

  711,851  
  394,356  
 1,255,934  
 1,062,683  
  176,906  

  675,647  
  455,810  
 1,251,843  
 1,045,798  
  186,637  

  644,998  
  442,101  
 1,235,754  
 1,038,586  
  184,539  

  613,366  
  420,915  
 1,206,745  
 1,013,787  
  180,047  

  611,554  
  379,805  
  1,155,594  
  976,597  
  171,732  

1.39 %   
9.87 %   
51.71 %   
14.09 %   
54.44 %   

1.29 % 
8.65 % 
52.13 % 
14.91 % 
53.20 % 

1.14 % 
7.64 % 
57.77 % 
14.93 % 
50.41 % 

1.24 % 
8.30 % 
54.02 % 
14.92 % 
49.32 % 

1.37 % 
9.22 % 
50.09 % 
14.86 % 
49.41 % 

(1)  The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company believes provides investors with important information 
regarding  operational  efficiency.  Such  information  is  not  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles (GAAP) and should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” included in Item 
7 of this Form 10-K. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
$ in thousands, except per share data. 

The purpose of this discussion and analysis is to provide information about the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and 
capital resources of the Company. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the material presented in Item 8, “Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data,” of this Form 10-K. 

Subsequent events have been considered through the date of this Form 10-K. 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

  We  make  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Form  10-K  that  are  subject  to  significant  risks  and  uncertainties.   These  forward-
looking statements include statements regarding our profitability, liquidity, allowance for loan losses, interest rate sensitivity, market 
risk, growth strategy, and financial and other goals, and are based upon our management’s views and assumptions as of the date of this 
report.  The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “anticipates,”  “forecasts,” “intends,” or 
other similar words or terms are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  

These forward-looking statements are based upon or are affected by factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially 
from historical results or from any results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not 
limited to, effects of or changes in:  

interest rates, 
general and local economic conditions, 
the legislative/regulatory climate, 

• 
• 
• 
•  monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury, the Office of the Comptroller of 
the Currency, the Federal Reserve, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 
and the impact of any policies or programs implemented pursuant to financial reform legislation, 
unanticipated increases in the level of unemployment in the Company’s market, 
the quality or composition of the loan and/or investment portfolios, 
demand for loan products, 
deposit flows, 
competition, 
demand for financial services in the Company’s market, 
the real estate market in the Company’s market, 
laws, regulations and policies impacting financial institutions, 
technological risks and developments, and cyber-threats, attacks or events,  
the Company’s technology initiatives,  
applicable accounting principles, policies and guidelines, and 
business disruption and/or impact due to the coronavirus or similar pandemic diseases. 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this report. We caution 
readers not to place undue reliance on those statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. This discussion and analysis 
should be read in conjunction with the description of our “Risk Factors” in Item 1A. of this Form 10-K. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures  

The  Company  prepares  financial  information  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States 
(“GAAP”), with the exception of certain financial measures which are computed under a basis other than GAAP (“non-GAAP”).  These 
measures  include  the  efficiency  ratio,  the  net  interest  margin  and  the  noninterest  margin.    Management  believes  such  financial 
information is meaningful to the reader in understanding operating performance, but cautions that such information not be viewed as a 
substitute for GAAP.   

The  efficiency  ratio  is  computed  by  dividing  noninterest  expense,  excluding  certain  items  management  deems  unusual  or  non-
recurring, by the sum of net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis and noninterest income, excluding certain items management 
deems unusual or non-recurring. The tax rate used to calculate fully taxable equivalent basis is 21% in 2019 and 2018 and 35% in 2017.  
This is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company believes provides investors with important information regarding operational 
efficiency. The components of the efficiency ratio calculation are summarized in the following table. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ in thousands 

Noninterest expense 
Less: write-down of insurance receivable 
Noninterest expense for ratio calculation 

Taxable-equivalent net interest income 
Noninterest income 
Less: recovery of insurance receivable 
Less: realized securities gains 
Total income for ratio calculation 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

25,754  
---  
25,754  

39,056  
8,790  
(538 ) 
(566 ) 
46,742  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

27,276  
(2,010 ) 
25,266  

39,764  
7,729  
---  
(17 ) 
47,476  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2017 
24,229  
---  
24,229  

40,432  
7,636  
---  
(14 ) 
48,054  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Efficiency ratio 

55.10 % 

53.22 %   

50.42 % 

The net interest margin is calculated by dividing taxable equivalent net interest income by total average interest-earning assets. 
Because a portion of interest income earned by the Company is nontaxable, the tax equivalent net interest income is considered in the 
calculation of this ratio. Tax equivalent net interest income is calculated by adding the tax benefit realized from interest income that is 
nontaxable to total interest income then subtracting total interest expense. The tax rate utilized in calculating the tax benefit for 2019 
and 2018 is 21% and for 2017 is 35%. The reconciliation of tax equivalent net interest income, which is not a measurement under GAAP, 
to net interest income, is reflected in the table below. 

$ in thousands 

GAAP measures: 
Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on interest-bearing deposits  
Interest and dividends on securities - taxable 
Interest on securities - nontaxable 
Total interest income 

Interest on deposits  
Interest on borrowings 
Total interest expense 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

33,869  
1,523  
6,725  
3,030  
45,147  

7,380  
---  
7,380  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

31,333  
672  
6,856  
4,363  
43,224  

4,883 
164 
5,047  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

29,932  
791  
5,711  
4,826  
41,260  

4,125  
---  
4,125  

Net interest income 

  $ 

37,767  

  $ 

38,177  

  $ 

37,135  

Non-GAAP measures: 
Tax benefit on nontaxable loan income 
Tax benefit on nontaxable securities income 
Total tax benefit on nontaxable interest income 
Total tax-equivalent net interest income 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

465  
824  
1,289  
39,056  

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

406  
1,181  
1,587  
39,764  

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

661  
2,636  
3,297  
40,432  

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  noninterest  margin  is  calculated  by  dividing  noninterest  expense  (excluding  the  write-down  of  insurance  receivable)  less 
noninterest income (excluding realized securities gain/loss, net) by average year-to-date assets. The reconciliation of adjusted noninterest 
income and adjusted noninterest expense, which are not measurements under GAAP, is reflected in the table below. 

$ in thousands 

Noninterest expense under GAAP  
Less: write-down of insurance receivable 
Noninterest expense for ratio calculation, non-GAAP  

Noninterest income under GAAP 
Less: recovery of insurance receivable 
Less: realized securities gains, net 
Noninterest income for ratio calculation, non-GAAP 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

25,754  
---  
25,754  

8,790  
(538 ) 
(566 ) 
7,686  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

27,276  
(2,010 ) 
25,266  

7,729  
---  
(17 ) 
7,712  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2017 
24,229  
---  
24,229  

7,636  
---  
(14 ) 
7,622  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Net noninterest expense, non-GAAP 

  $ 

18,068  

  $ 

17,554  

  $ 

16,607  

Average assets 

Noninterest margin 

Critical Accounting Policies 

General 

  $ 

1,255,934  

  $ 

1,251,843  

  $  1,235,755  

1.44 % 

1.40 %   

1.34 % 

The Company’s  consolidated  financial statements are prepared in accordance  with GAAP. The financial information  contained 
within our statements is, to a significant extent, financial information based on measures of the financial effects of transactions and 
events that have already occurred. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value obtained when earning income, recognizing an 
expense, recovering an asset or relieving a liability. Although the economics of the Company’s transactions may not change, the timing 
of events that would impact the transactions could change.  

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  an  estimate  of  probable  losses  inherent  in  our  loan  portfolio.  The  allowance  is  funded  by  the 
provision for loan losses, reduced by charge-offs of loans and increased by recoveries of previously charged-off loans. The determination 
of the allowance is based on  two accounting principles,  Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450-20 (Contingencies) 
which requires that losses be accrued when occurrence is probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable, and ASC Topic 
310-10 (Receivables) which requires accrual of losses on impaired loans if the recorded investment exceeds fair value. 

Probable  losses  are  accrued  through  two  calculations,  individual  evaluation  of  impaired  loans  and  collective  evaluation  of  the 
remainder of the portfolio. Impaired loans are larger non-homogeneous loans for which there is a probability that collection will not 
occur according to the loan terms, as well as loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDRs”). Impaired 
loans that are not TDRs with an estimated impairment loss are placed on nonaccrual status. TDRs with an impairment loss may accrue 
interest if they have demonstrated six months of timely payment performance. 

Impaired loans 

Impaired loans are identified through the Company’s credit risk rating process. Estimated loss for an impaired loan is the amount 
of recorded investment that exceeds the loan’s fair value. Fair value of an impaired loan is measured by one of three methods: the fair 
value of collateral (“collateral method”), the present value of future cash flows (“cash flow method”), or observable market price. The 
Company applies the collateral method to collateral-dependent loans, loans for which foreclosure is imminent and to loans for which 
the fair value of collateral is a more reliable estimate of fair value. The cash flow method is applied to loans that are not collateral 
dependent and for which cash flows may be estimated.  

The Company bases collateral method fair valuation upon the “as-is” value of independent appraisals or evaluations. Valuations for 
impaired  loans  secured  by  residential  1-4  family  properties  with  outstanding  principal  balances  greater  than  $250  are  based  on  an 
appraisal. Appraisals are also used to value impaired loans secured by commercial real estate with outstanding principal balances greater 
than $500.  Collateral-method impaired loans secured by residential 1-4 family property with outstanding principal balances of $250 or 
less, or secured by commercial real estate with outstanding principal balances of $500 or less, are valued using an internal evaluation. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Appraisals  and  internal  valuations  provide  an  estimate  of  market  value.  Appraisals  must  conform  to  the  Uniform  Standards  of 
Professional  Appraisal  Practice  and  are  prepared  by  an  independent  third-party  appraiser  who  is  certified  and  licensed  and  who  is 
approved by the Company. Appraisals may incorporate market analysis, comparable sales analysis, cash flow analysis and market data 
pertinent to the property to determine market value.  

Internal evaluations are prepared by third party providers and reviewed by employees of the Company who are independent of the 
loan origination, operation, management and collection functions. Evaluations provide a property’s market value based on the property’s 
current physical condition and characteristics and the economic market conditions that affect the collateral’s market value. Evaluations 
incorporate  multiple  sources  of  data  to  arrive  at  a  property’s  market  value,  including  physical  inspection,  independent  third-party 
automated tools, comparable sales analysis and local market information. 

Updated appraisals or evaluations are ordered when the loan becomes impaired if the appraisal or evaluation on file is more than 
twenty-four  months  old.  Appraisals  and  evaluations  are  reviewed  for  propriety  and  reasonableness  and  may  be  discounted  if  the 
Company determines that the value exceeds reasonable levels. If an updated appraisal or evaluation has been ordered but has not been 
received by a reporting date, the fair value may be based on the most recent available appraisal or evaluation, discounted for age. 

The appraisal or evaluation value for a collateral-dependent loan for which recovery is expected solely from the sale of collateral is 
reduced by estimated selling costs. Estimated losses on collateral-dependent loans, as  well as any other impairment loss considered 
uncollectible, are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Impairment losses that are not considered uncollectible or for loans that 
are not collateral dependent are accrued in the allowance. Impaired loans with partial charge-offs are maintained as impaired until the 
remaining balance is satisfied. Smaller homogeneous impaired loans that are not TDRs and are not part of a larger impaired relationship 
are collectively evaluated. 

TDRs are impaired loans and are measured for impairment under the same valuation methods as other impaired loans. TDRs are 
maintained  in  nonaccrual  status  until  the  loan  has  demonstrated  reasonable  assurance  of  repayment  with  at  least  six  months  of 
consecutive timely payment performance. TDRs may be removed from TDR status, and therefore from individual evaluation, if the 
restructuring agreement specifies a contractual interest rate that is a market interest rate at the time of restructuring and the loan is in 
compliance with its modified terms one year after the restructure was completed.  

Collectively evaluated loans 

Non-impaired loans and smaller homogeneous impaired loans that are not TDRs and not part of a larger impaired relationship are 
grouped by portfolio segments.  Portfolio segments are further divided into smaller loan classes. Loans within a segment or class have 
similar risk characteristics.  

Probable loss is determined by applying historical net charge-off rates as well as additional percentages for trends and current levels 
of quantitative and qualitative factors. Loss rates are calculated for and applied to individual classes by averaging loss rates over the 
most recent eight quarters. The look-back period of eight quarters is applied consistently among all classes. 

Two loss rates for each class are calculated: total net charge-offs for the class as a percentage of average class loan balance (“class 
loss rate”), and total net charge-offs for the class as a percentage of average classified loans in the class (“classified loss rate”). Classified 
loans are those with risk ratings that indicate credit quality is “substandard”, “doubtful” or “loss”. Net charge-offs in both calculations 
include charge-offs and recoveries of classified and non-classified loans as well as those associated with impaired loans. Class historical 
loss rates are applied to collectively evaluated non-classified loan balances, and classified historical loss rates are applied to collectively 
evaluated classified loan balances.  

Qualitative factors are evaluated and allocations are applied to each class. Qualitative factors include delinquency rates, loan quality 
and concentrations, loan officers’ experience, changes in lending policies and changes in the loan review process. Economic factors 
such as unemployment rates, bankruptcy rates and others are evaluated, with standard allocations applied consistently to relevant classes. 
The Company accrues additional allocations for criticized loans within each class and for loans designated high risk. Criticized 
loans include classified loans as well as loans rated “special mention”.  Loans rated special mention indicate weakened credit quality 
but to a lesser degree than classified loans.  High risk loans are defined as junior lien mortgages, loans with high loan-to-value ratios 
and loans with terms that require interest only payments. Both criticized loans and high risk loans are included in the base risk analysis 
for each class and are allocated additional reserves. 

Estimation of the allowance for loan losses 

The estimation of the allowance involves analysis of internal and external variables, methodologies, assumptions and our judgment 
and experience. Key judgments used in determining the allowance for loan losses include internal risk rating determinations, market 
and collateral values, discount rates, loss rates, and our view of current economic conditions. These judgments are inherently subjective 
and our actual losses could be greater or less than the estimate. Future estimates of the allowance could increase or decrease based on 
changes in the financial condition of individual borrowers, concentrations of various types of loans, economic conditions or the markets 
in which collateral may be sold. The estimate of the allowance accrual determines the amount of provision expense and directly affects 
our financial results. 

The estimate of the allowance for December 31, 2019 considered market and portfolio conditions during 2019 as well as net charge-
offs in the eight quarters prior to the quarter ended December 31, 2019. If the economy experiences a downturn, the ultimate amount of 
loss  could  vary  from  that  estimate.  For  additional  discussion  of  the  allowance,  see  Note  5  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements and “Asset Quality,” and “Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses.”  

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 Goodwill  

Goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair value based test. The Company performs 
impairment  testing  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  year.  The Company’s  most  recent  impairment  test  was  performed  using  data  from 
September  30,  2019.  Accounting  guidance  provides  the  option  of  performing  preliminary  assessment  of  qualitative  factors  before 
performing more substantial testing for impairment. The Company opted not to perform the preliminary assessment. The Company’s 
goodwill  impairment  analysis  considered  three  valuation  techniques  appropriate  to  the  measurement. The  first  technique  uses  the 
Company’s market capitalization as an estimate of fair value; the second technique estimates fair value using current market pricing 
multiples for companies comparable to the Company; while the third technique uses current market pricing multiples for change-of-
control transactions involving companies comparable to the Company. Each measure indicated that the Company’s fair value exceeded 
its book value, validating that goodwill is not impaired. 

Certain key judgments were used in the valuation measurement. Goodwill is held by the Company’s bank subsidiary. The bank 
subsidiary  is  100%  owned  by  the  Company,  and  no  market  capitalization  is  available. Because  most  of  the  Company’s  assets  are 
comprised  of  the  subsidiary  bank’s  equity,  the  Company’s  market  capitalization  was  used  to  estimate  the  Bank’s  market 
capitalization. Other judgments include the assumption that the companies and transactions used as comparables for the second and third 
technique were appropriate to the estimate of the Company’s fair value, and that the comparable multiples are appropriate indicators of 
fair value, and compliant with accounting guidance. 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) 

Real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure is held for sale and is stated at fair value of the property, less estimated 
disposal costs, if any.  Any excess of cost over the fair value less costs to sell at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for 
loan  losses.    The  fair  value  is  reviewed  periodically  by  management  and  any  write-downs  are  charged  against  current  earnings.  
Accounting policy and treatment is consistent with accounting for impaired loans described above. 

Pension Plan 

The  Company’s  actuary  determines  plan  obligations  and  annual  pension  expense  using  a  number  of  key  assumptions.    Key 
assumptions  may  include  the  discount  rate,  the  estimated  return  on  plan  assets  and  the  anticipated  rate  of  compensation  increases.  
Changes in these assumptions in the future, if any, or in the method under which benefits are calculated may impact pension assets, 
liabilities or expense.   

Other Than Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”) of Securities  

Impairment of securities occurs when the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost.  For debt securities, impairment is 
considered other-than-temporary and recognized in its entirety in net income if either (i) the Company intends to sell the security or 
(ii) it is  more likely than  not  that the  Company  will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis.  If, 
however, the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell 
the security before recovery, the Company must determine what portion of the impairment is attributable to a credit loss, which occurs 
when the amortized cost basis of the security exceeds the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security.  If 
there is no credit loss, there is no OTTI.  If there is a credit loss, OTTI exists, and the credit loss must be recognized in net income and 
the remaining portion of impairment must be recognized in other comprehensive income (loss).  The Company regularly reviews each 
investment security for OTTI based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market price, the duration of that market 
decline, the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, the Company’s best estimate of the present value of cash flows 
expected to be collected from debt securities, the Company’s intention with regard to holding the security to maturity and the likelihood 
that the Company would be required to sell the security before recovery.  

Overview 

National Bankshares, Inc. is a financial holding company incorporated under the laws of Virginia. Located in southwest Virginia, 
NBI has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, the National Bank of Blacksburg and National Bankshares Financial Services, Inc. NBB, which 
does business as National Bank from twenty-five office locations and one loan production office, is a community bank. NBB is the 
source  of  nearly  all  of  the  Company’s  revenue.  NBFS  does  business  as  National  Bankshares  Investment  Services  and  National 
Bankshares Insurance Services. Income from NBFS is not significant at this time, nor is it expected to be so in the near future.  

National Bankshares, Inc. common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market and is traded under the symbol “NKSH.” National 

Bankshares, Inc. has been included in the Russell Investments Russell 3000 and Russell 2000 Indexes since June 29, 2009. 

24 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Summary 

The following table presents NBI’s key performance ratios for the years ending December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018: 

Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Basic net earnings per common share 
  $ 
Fully diluted net earnings per common share    $ 
Net interest margin (1) 
Noninterest margin (2) 

Year Ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 

1.39 % 
9.87 % 
2.65  
2.65  
3.29 % 
1.44 % 

$ 
$ 

1.29 % 
8.65 % 
2.32  
2.32  
3.36 % 
1.40 % 

(1)  Net Interest Margin – Non-GAAP measure of year-to-date tax equivalent net interest income divided by year-to-date average 
interest-earning assets.  Please see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP. 
(2)  Noninterest Margin – Non-GAAP measure of noninterest expense (excluding the insurance receivable write-down, provision 
for bad debts and income taxes) less noninterest income (excluding securities gains and losses) divided by average year-to-
date assets.  Please see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP. 

The key performance ratios provide a summary of the Company’s results and allow comparison with results from prior years and 
with current peer results.  The return on average assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 was 1.39%, an increase from 1.29% for 
the year ended December 31, 2018. The return on average equity increased from 8.65% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 9.87% 
for the year ended December 31, 2019.  

The net interest margin decreased from 3.36% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 3.29% for the year ended December 31, 
2019.  The Federal Reserve interest rates were higher for most of 2019 compared with 2018, benefitting the yield on interest-earning 
assets but increasing the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. 

The noninterest margin increased from 1.40% to 1.44% over the same period, while   basic  net  earnings  per  common  share 

increased from $2.32 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $2.65 for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Growth 

NBI’s key growth indicators are shown in the following table: 

$ in thousands 
Securities 
Loans, net of unearned income and deferred fees and 

costs, and the allowance for loan losses 

Deposits 
Total assets 

12/31/2019 

12/31/2018 

  $ 

436,483   $ 

726,588  
1,119,753  
1,321,837  

426,230  

702,409  
1,051,942  
1,256,032  

Securities, loans and total assets increased when amounts at December 31, 2019 are compared with amounts at December 31, 2018.  
Customer deposits increased $67,811 or 6.45% from December 31, 2018, with increases mainly from interest-bearing demand deposits 
and certificates of deposit. The liquidity provided by the increase of deposits supported growth in loans of $24,179 or 3.44% and growth 
in securities of $10,253 or 2.41%. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Quality  

  Key indicators of NBI’s asset quality are presented in the following table: 

$ in thousands 
Nonperforming loans(1) 
Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing 
Other real estate owned 
Allowance for loan losses to loans(2) 
Net charge-off ratio 

  $ 

12/31/2019   
3,375  
231  
  1,612  
  0.94 % 
  0.09 % 

12/31/2018  
3,420  
$ 
35  
  2,052  

1.04 % 
0.07 % 

(1)  Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans plus restructured loans in nonaccrual status. Accruing restructured loans are not 

included. 

(2)  Loans are net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs. 

The Company monitors asset quality indicators in managing credit risk and in determining the allowance and provision for loan 
losses. At December 31, 2019, nonperforming loans were $3,375 or 0.46% of loans net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs.  
This compares to $3,420 or 0.48% at December 31, 2018. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing at year-end 2019 totaled 
$231, an increase from $35 at December 31, 2018.  The net charge-off ratio increased from 0.07% for the year ended December 31, 
2018 to 0.09% for the year ended December 31, 2019, while OREO decreased $440 for the same period. 

The Company’s risk analysis determined an allowance for loan losses of $6,863 at December 31, 2019, resulting in a provision for 
the year of $126. This compares with an allowance for loan losses of $7,390 as of December 31, 2018, and a recovery of $81 for the 
year ended December 31, 2018. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to loans decreased to 0.94% at December 31, 2019, from 
1.04% at December 31, 2018. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses relies on historical charge-off trends, 
modified by trends in nonperforming loans and economic indicators. More information about the level and calculation methodology of 
the allowance for loan losses is provided in “Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses”,  “Balance Sheet – Loans – Risk Elements,” 
“Balance Sheet – Loans – Troubled Debt Restructurings,” as well as Notes 1 and 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 
Sufficient resources have been dedicated to working out problem assets, and exposure to loss is somewhat mitigated because most 
of the nonperforming loans are collateralized. More information about nonaccrual and past due loans is provided in “Balance Sheet – 
Loans – Risk Elements” and Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company continues to monitor risk levels 
within the loan portfolio and expects that any further increase in the allowance for loan losses would be the result of the refinement of 
loss estimates and would not dramatically affect net income.   

Net Interest Income 

Net interest income was $37,767 for the year ended December 31, 2019, $38,177 for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $37,135 
for the year ended December 31, 2017. The net interest margin was 3.29% for 2019, 3.36% for 2018 and 3.45% for 2017.  Total interest 
income was $45,147 for the year ended December 31, 2019, $43,224 for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $41,260 for the year 
ended December 31, 2017.  Interest expense was $7,380 for the year ended December 31, 2019, $5,047 for the year ended December 
31, 2018 and $4,125 for the year ended December 31, 2017.  

The amount of net interest income earned is affected by various factors, including changes in market interest rates due to the Federal 
Reserve‘s monetary policy, U.S. fiscal policy, competitive pressure, the level and composition of the interest-earning assets and the 
composition of interest-bearing liabilities.  

The Federal Reserve increased its target federal funds rate by 25 basis points in March, June, September and December, 2018 and 
then decreased the rate by 25 basis points in July, September, and October 2019, ending the year at a target of 1.75%.  Changes in the 
Federal Reserve’s target interest rate immediately impact the yield on the Company’s interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and have 
a slightly delayed impact on other interest-earning assets. The Federal Reserve’s target interest rate also impacts the Company’s cost of 
interest-bearing liabilities. 

The  primary  source  of  funds  used  to  support  the  Company’s  interest-earning  assets  is  deposits.  Deposits  are  obtained  in  the 
Company’s market through traditional marketing techniques. The cost of deposits is dependent on interest rate levels and competitive 
factors.  Increases in the Federal Reserve’s target interest rate may increase competitive pressure to raise deposit offering rates, while 
decreases in the Federal Reserve’s target interest rate allow reduced deposit offering rates.  Time deposits provide a measure of stability 
in the cost of funds, but partially delay the Company’s ability to respond to downward rate movements. The Company also has access 
to other funding sources, including the FHLB.   

Interest expense in 2019 was influenced by increased deposit offering rates in the latter part of 2018 that carried in to 2019 and 
were required to remain competitive in what was a rising interest rate environment.  Interest expense in 2018 included the cost of short-
term borrowings to meet loan demand while anticipating maturity of securities and an increase in deposits that is typical during the 

26 

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fourth quarter. Please refer to the section titled “Analysis of Changes In Interest Income and Interest Expense” for further information 
related to rate and volume changes.  

The net interest margin is a non-GAAP measure that incorporates the effect of tax-advantaged instruments, including qualifying 
investments  and  loans  to  municipalities.    For  purposes  of the  net  interest  margin,  interest  income  on  tax-advantaged  instruments  is 
grossed up to reflect the value of lower tax expense.  The Tax Act became effective January 1, 2018 and decreased the Company’s tax 
rate from a marginal 35% in 2017 to a flat 21% in 2018 and 2019.  This decreased the value of tax-advantaged instruments when 2019 
and 2018 are compared with 2017.  
  Management has the ability to respond over time to interest rate movements, statutory tax rate changes and other influencing factors 
to reduce volatility in the net interest margin. However, the frequency and/or magnitude of changes in market interest rates and legislative 
changes are difficult to predict and may have a greater impact on net interest income than adjustments by management.   

Analysis of Net Interest Earnings 

The following table shows the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the interest earned or paid, the 
average yield or rate on the daily average balance outstanding, net interest income and net yield on average interest-earning assets for the 
years indicated. 

December 31, 2019 

December 31, 2018 

December 31, 2017 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Average 
Yield/ 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Average 
Yield/ 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Average 
Yield/ 
Rate 

$  719,916  $  34,334  
304,292     6,725  
89,631     3,854  
74,527     1,523  

4.77 %  $ 
2.21 % 
4.30 % 
2.04 % 

683,624  $  31,739  
  6,856  
  5,544  
672  

  340,594  
  123,668  
36,562  

4.64 %  $  653,756  $  30,593  
  5,711  
  313,255  
2.01 % 
  7,462  
  131,762  
4.48 % 
791  
71,603  
1.84 % 

4.68 % 
1.82 % 
5.66 % 
1.10 % 

$ in thousands 
Interest-earning assets: 
Loans, net of unearned 

income and deferred 
fees and costs 
(1)(2)(3)(4) 
Taxable securities(5) 
Nontaxable securities (1)(5) 
Interest-bearing deposits 

Total interest-earning 

assets 

$ 

1,188,366  $  46,436  

3.91 %  $ 

1,184,448  $  44,811  

3.78 %  $  1,170,376  $  44,557  

3.81 % 

Interest-bearing liabilities:   
Interest-bearing demand 

deposits 

Savings deposits 
Time deposits 

Borrowings 

$  601,884  $  5,126  
142,985    
449  
116,844     1,805  
---  

---   

0.85 %  $ 
0.31 % 
1.54 % 
---  

606,766  $  4,121  
236  
526  
164  

  140,918  
  105,674  
7,192   

0.68 %  $  598,661  $  3,344  
244  
  140,997  
0.17 % 
537  
  120,220  
0.50 % 
---  
---   
2.28 % 

0.56 % 
0.17 % 
0.45 % 
---  

Total interest-bearing 
liabilities 

Net interest income(1) and 

interest rate spread 

Net yield on average 
interest-earning 
assets 

$  861,713  $  7,380  

0.86 %  $ 

860,550  $  5,047  

0.59 %  $  859,878  $  4,125  

0.48 % 

  $  39,056  

3.05 % 

  $  39,764  

3.19 % 

  $  40,432  

3.33 % 

3.29 % 

3.36 % 

3.45 % 

(1)  Interest on nontaxable loans and securities is computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a Federal income tax rate of 21% 

in 2018 and 2019 and 35% in 2017. 

(2)  Loan fees included in total interest income are $99 in 2019, $115 in 2018 and $303 in 2017. 
(3)  Nonaccrual loans are included in average balances for yield computations. 
(4)   Includes loans held for sale. 
(5)  Daily averages are shown at amortized cost. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The following table reconciles net interest income on a fully-taxable equivalent basis to net interest income on a GAAP basis for the 

years indicated. 

$ in thousands 

Net interest income, GAAP 
Taxable equivalent adjustment 
Net interest income, fully taxable equivalent 

$ 

$ 

Analysis of Changes in Interest Income and Interest Expense 

2019 

December 31, 
2018 

37,767   $ 
1,289  
39,056   $ 

38,177   $ 
1,587  
39,764   $ 

2017 

37,135  
3,297  
40,432  

The Company’s primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest and fees earned on loans 
and investments and the interest paid on deposits and other funds. The Company’s net interest income is affected by changes in the amount 
and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on 
interest-bearing liabilities. The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, a summary of the changes in interest income and interest 
expense resulting from changes in average asset and liability balances (volume) and changes in average interest rates (rate). 

$ in thousands 

Interest income: (1) 
Loans 
Taxable securities 
Nontaxable securities 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Increase (decrease) in income on interest-earning 

2019 Over 2018 

2018 Over 2017 

Changes Due To 

Changes Due To 

Rates(2) 

Volume(2) 

Net Dollar 
Change 

Rates(2) 

Volume(2) 

Net Dollar 
Change 

  $ 

880   $  1,715  
(769 ) 
638  
  (1,472 ) 
(218 ) 
768  
83  

$  2,595   $ 
(131 ) 
  (1,690 ) 
851  

(243 )  $  1,389  
522  
623  
(436 ) 
(1,482 ) 
(496 ) 
377  

$  1,146  
  1,145  
 (1,918 ) 
(119 ) 

assets 

  $  1,383   $ 

242  

$  1,625   $ 

(725 )  $ 

979  

$ 

254  

Interest expense: 
Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings deposits 
Time deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Increase (decrease) in expense of interest-bearing 

liabilities 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income 

  $  1,038   $ 

210  
  1,217  
---  

(33 ) 
3  
62  
(164 ) 

$  1,005   $ 
213  
  1,279  
(164 ) 

731   $ 
(8 ) 
58  
---  

46  
---  
(69 ) 
164  

$ 

777  
(8 ) 
(11 ) 
164  

  $  2,465   $ 
  $  (1,082 )  $ 

(132 ) 
374  

$  2,333   $ 
(708 )  $ 
$ 

781   $ 
(1,506 )  $ 

141  
838  

$ 
$ 

922  
(668 ) 

(1)  Taxable equivalent basis using a Federal income tax rate of 21% in 2018 and 2019 and 35% in 2017. 
(2)  Variances  caused  by  the  change  in  rate  times  the  change  in  volume  have  been  allocated  to  rate  and  volume  changes 

proportional to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each. 

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis decreased $708 when 2019 is compared with 2018. Total interest income on a taxable 
equivalent basis increased $1,625 while total interest expense increased by $2,333. Rate changes decreased net interest income by $1,000, 
partially offset by $292 from increased volume. 

Compared with 2018, the interest rate environment in 2019 was elevated by Federal Reserve interest rate increases throughout 2018, 
partially offset by Federal Reserve rate decreases in the latter half of 2019.  The higher rate environment provided an increase of $83 in 
interest income on interest-bearing deposits, $638 on taxable securities and $880 (taxable equivalent) on loans when 2019 is compared 
with 2018.  Non-taxable securities generated lower taxable equivalent returns of $218 due to the loss of higher-yielding securities from 
sales, calls and maturities during 2019.  The Federal Reserve’s rate policies also gave rise to competitive pressures to boost customer 
deposit offering rates, resulting in an additional $2,465 in interest expense. 

The  average  balance  of  loans  grew  $36,292  and  the  average  balance  of  interest-bearing  deposits  grew  $37,965  when  2019  is 
compared with 2018, providing additional interest income of $2,483.  The average balance of securities declined $70,339 when 2019 is 
compared with 2018, reducing interest income by $2,241.  During 2019, the Company implemented a plan to restructure its securities 
portfolio to manage interest rate risk.  Timing differences in sales and purchase activity increased the average balance of interest-bearing 
deposits.   

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
The average balance of savings and time deposits grew by $13,237 when 2019 is compared with 2018, increasing interest expense 

by $65, partially offset by reduced expense of $33 associated with a lower average balance of interest-bearing demand deposits. 

When 2018 is compared with 2017, net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis decreased $668. Total interest income on a 
taxable equivalent basis increased $254 while total interest expense increased by $922. A decline in the yield of interest-earning assets 
and an increase in the yield on interest-bearing liabilities decreased net interest income by $1,506, offset by increases due to volume of 
$838. 

The Federal Reserve increased rates by 25 basis points in December 2017 and four times in 2018. The rate increases had a direct 
and immediate effect on the Company’s interest-bearing deposits. Interest income on interest-bearing deposits increased $377 due to 
rates, but declined by $496 due to reduced volume, for a net decrease of $119 when 2018 is compared with 2017. Taxable securities 
also benefitted  from the increased interest rate  environment, as  matured and called securities  were invested at  higher rates. Interest 
income on taxable securities increased $1,145 when 2018 is compared with 2017, the result of an increase of $522 due to volume along 
with an increase of $623 due to rates. 

Taxable equivalent interest income on loans increased $1,146 when 2018 and 2017 are compared, due to robust growth in the loan 
portfolio. The average balance of loans increased from $653,756 in 2017 to $683,624 in 2018, increasing interest income by $1,389. 
The increase due to volume was offset slightly by a decrease of $243 due to yield. Taxable equivalent yields on tax-advantaged loans 
were negatively impacted by a decrease in the Company’s statutory tax rate from 35% in 2017 to 21% in 2018. If the 35% rate were 
applicable during 2018, yields would have shown an increase. 

Taxable-equivalent  interest  on  non-taxable  securities  declined  $1,482  due  to  rates  and  $436  due  to  volume.  The  lower  yields 

available upon reinvestment of called and matured securities negatively impacted income from securities during 2018. 

Interest on time deposits declined $11 from 2017 to 2018, with a increase of $58 due to rates offset by a decline of $69 due to 

decreased volume. 

See “Net Interest Income” for additional information related to interest income and expense. 

Interest Rate Sensitivity 

The Company considers interest rate risk to be a significant risk and has systems in place to measure the exposure of net interest income 
and fair market values to movement in interest rates. Among the tools available to management is interest rate sensitivity analysis, which 
provides information related to repricing opportunities. Interest rate shock simulations indicate potential economic loss due to future interest 
rate changes. Shock analysis is a test that measures the effect of a hypothetical, immediate and parallel shift in interest rates. The following 
table shows the results of a rate shock and the effects on the return on average assets and the return on average equity projected at December 
31, 2019 and 2018. For purposes of this analysis, noninterest income and expenses are assumed to be flat. 

Rate Shift (bp) 

Return on Average Assets 

Return on Average Equity 

300 
200 
100 
(-)100 
(-)200 
(-)300 

2019 

1.40 % 
1.40 % 
1.39 % 
1.22 % 
1.13 % 
1.15 % 

2018 

1.38 % 
1.39 % 
1.40 % 
1.32 % 
1.16 % 
1.12 % 

  2019 

 10.12 % 
 10.14 % 
 10.07 % 
  8.85 % 
  8.20 % 
  8.34 % 

2018  
8.84 % 
8.92 % 
8.95 % 
8.46 % 
7.47 % 
7.32 % 

Simulation analysis is another tool available to the Company to test asset and liability management strategies under rising and falling 
rate conditions. As a part of the simulation process, certain estimates and assumptions must be made. These include, but are not limited to, 
asset growth, the mix of assets and liabilities, rate environment and local and national economic conditions. Asset growth and the mix of 
assets can, to a degree, be influenced by management. Other areas, such as the rate environment and economic factors, cannot be controlled. 
In addition, competitive pressures can make it difficult to price deposits and loans in a manner that optimally minimizes interest rate 
risk. Therefore, actual results may vary materially from any particular forecast or shock analysis. This shortcoming is offset somewhat by the 
periodic reforecasting of the balance sheet to reflect current trends and economic conditions. Shock analysis must also be updated periodically 
as a part of the asset and liability management process. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest Income 

The following table presents the Company’s noninterest income for the years indicated. 

$ in thousands 

Service charges on deposits 
Other service charges and fees 
Credit card fees 
Trust fees 
Bank-owned life insurance income 
Other income 
Realized securities gains  
Total noninterest income 

  $ 

  $ 

December 31, 2019 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2018 

December 31, 2017 

2,453   $ 
198  
1,398  
1,622  
910  
1,643  
566  
8,790   $ 

2,678   $ 
132  
1,431  
1,565  
901  
1,005  
17  
7,729   $ 

2,776  
205  
1,205  
1,530  
758  
1,148  
14  
7,636  

Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $2,453 for the year ended December 31, 2019. This is a decrease of $225, or 8.40%, 
from $2,678 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $98, or 3.53%, from 2017 to 2018. 
This income category is affected by the number of deposit accounts, the level of service charges and the number of checking account 
overdrafts. The decreases in 2019 and 2018 were driven by a decrease in fees from a lower volume of customer non-sufficient funds 
and overdraft activity. 

Other service charges and fees include charges for official checks, income from the sale of checks to customers, safe deposit box 
rent, fees from letters of credit and income from commissions on the sale of credit life, accident and health insurance. These fees were 
$198 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $66, or 50.00%, from $132 for 2018. The increase stemmed from higher 
check charges and service charges on letters of credit. The total for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $73 below the $205 posted 
for the year ended December 31, 2017, due to lower service charges on letters of credit and check charges.   

Credit card fees for the year ended December 31, 2019, were $33 below the $1,431 reported for the year ended December 31, 2018. 
From 2017 to 2018, credit card fees increased $226, or 18.76%. Credit card fees are presented net of certain processing expenses and 
are dependent on the volume of transactions. 

Trust fees at $1,622 increased by $57 or 3.64% when the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are compared. For the year 
ended December 31, 2018, trust fees were $1,565, an increase of $35, or 2.29%, from 2017. Trust fees are generated from a number of 
different types of accounts, including estates, personal trusts, employee benefit trusts, investment management accounts, attorney-in-
fact accounts and guardianships. Trust income varies depending on the number and type of accounts under management and financial 
market conditions. The mix of account types affected the level of trust fees in 2018 and 2019. 

Noninterest income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) increased from $901 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $910 
for 2019. Income from BOLI was affected by the performance of the variable rate policies, which has not varied significantly.  BOLI 
income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $758. The Company purchased an additional $10 million in BOLI in June 2017.   

Other income is income from smaller balance accounts that cannot be classified in another category. Some examples include gains 
on mortgage loans sold, net gains from the sale of fixed assets and revenue from investment and insurance sales. When 2019 is compared 
to 2018, other income was $1,643, an increase of $638, or 63.48%. This was largely the result of a recovery from an insurance receivable.  
Other income for 2018 was $1,005, a decrease of $143, or 12.46%, when compared with $1,148 for the year ended December 31, 2017. 
In December 2017, the Company realized a gain on the sale of its Marion branch office of $134. 

During 2019, the Company realized net securities gains of $566, including net gains of $438 on the sale of securities and $128 on 
calls of securities.  The sales of securities  were pursuant to a restructuring plan to  manage interest rate risk.  During 2018, the $17 
realized securities gain stemmed from the call of one security with a gain of $1 and the sale of another security for a gain of $16.  During 
2017, the Company sold a small investment in community bank stock that resulted in a gain of $4 while all other net realized gains 
resulted from calls of securities. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Noninterest Expense 

The following table presents the Company’s noninterest expense for the years indicated. 

$ in thousands 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy, furniture and fixtures 
Data processing and ATM 
FDIC assessment  
Intangibles amortization 
Net costs of other real estate owned 
Franchise taxes 
Write-down of insurance receivable 
Other operating expenses 
Total noninterest expense 

December 31, 2019 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2018 

December 31, 2017 

  $ 

  $ 

15,298   $ 
1,866  
3,171  
167  
---  
47  
1,333  
---  
3,872  
25,754   $ 

14,506   $ 
1,845  
2,784  
359  
50  
553  
1,278  
2,010  
3,891  
27,276   $ 

13,670  
1,820  
2,280  
364  
68  
205  
1,315  
---  
4,507  
24,229  

Salaries and employee benefits expense includes salaries, payroll taxes, health insurance, contributions to the employee stock ownership 
plan and employee 401(k), pension expense, incentives and salary continuation.  When 2019 is compared with 2018, salary and employee 
benefits expense increased $792, or 5.46%, from $14,506 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $15,298 for 2019.  The increase was the 
result of normal staffing and compensation decisions. 

Salary and benefits expense increased $836, or 6.12%, from $13,670 for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $14,506 for 2018. 
When  compared  to  2017,  the  expense  in  2018  was  increased  by  health  insurance  reserve  requirements,  higher  contribution  for  the 
employee stock ownership plan and greater pension expense. In 2017, health insurance expense was reduced by a one-time $175 refund, 
while in 2018 the expense increased $240 for reserve requirements based on claims history.  The contribution to the employee stock 
ownership plan is determined by management based on overall Company performance, while the pension expense is determined by the 
Company’s actuarial calculations. 

Occupancy, furniture and fixtures expense was $1,866 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $21, or 1.14%, from 

the prior year. When 2018 is compared with 2017, the expense increased $25 or 1.37%. 

Data processing and ATM expense was $3,171 in 2019, $2,784 in 2018 and $2,280 in 2017. The increase of $387 or 13.90% from 
2018 to 2019 and $504 or 22.11% from 2017 to 2018 was due to increased maintenance expense associated with infrastructure upgrades. 
The Company is committed to maintaining up-to-date technology in a cost-effective manner. 
  When the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are compared, the FDIC assessment expense decreased $192 or 
53.48%. The total expense for 2019 was $167, which compares with $359 for 2018. The FDIC assessment is accrued based on a method 
provided by the FDIC. During the third quarter of 2019, the FDIC notified the Bank that it was eligible to use small bank assessment 
credits. The credits were applied to the Bank’s September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2019 assessments. If the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance 
Fund Reserve Ratio maintains a certain ratio, the Bank may be able to use additional credits for future assessments. The FDIC assessment 
expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased $5 from $364 for 2017.   

Core deposit intangibles are the result of prior merger and acquisition activity and are amortized over a period of years. Amortization 
of the Company’s intangible assets was completed in 2018. This accounted for the decline in intangibles amortization expense of $50 
when 2019 and 2018 are compared.  The expense for intangibles amortization decreased $18 from 2017 to 2018, due to certain core 
deposit intangibles becoming fully amortized. 

Net costs of OREO decreased from $553 for the period ended December 31, 2018 to $47 for the year ended December 31, 2019. 
From 2017 to 2018, net costs of OREO increased $348 from $205. This expense category varies with the number of foreclosed properties 
owned by NBB and with the expense associated with each. It includes write-downs on OREO plus other costs associated with carrying 
these properties, as  well as  net gains or losses on the sale of other real estate. There were no  write-downs on OREO in 2019. This 
compares with $476 in 2018 and $113 in 2017. Other real estate is initially accounted for at fair value less estimated costs to sell using 
current valuations, which include appraisals, real estate evaluations and realtor market opinions. If new valuation information indicates 
a decline from the initial basis, the Company records a write-down. Other costs for these properties in 2019 were $42, compared with 
$64 in 2018 and $80 in 2017. The Company recorded a loss of $5 on the sale of OREO in 2019, a loss of $13 for 2018 and a loss of $12 
for 2017. The Company’s  market area shows positive economic signs, and the national  economy appears to show  mixed economic 
signals.  There may be additional foreclosures in the future. The Company currently has loans of $509 in process of foreclosure.  

Franchise  taxes  are  based  upon  NBB’s  total  equity  at  the  prior  year-end,  adjusted  for  real  estate  taxes  and  certain  other  items.  
Franchise taxes were $1,333 for the period ended December 31, 2019 and $1,278 for 2018, an increase of $55 or 4.30%. Franchise tax 
expense decreased $37 in 2018 from $1,315 in 2017.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The write-down of insurance receivables totaled $2,010 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The write-down is associated with 

the two cybersecurity breaches. Please see additional information under the heading “Cybersecurity Risks and Incidents”. 

The category of other operating expenses includes noninterest expense items such as professional services, stationery and supplies, 
telephone costs and charitable donations. For the year ended December 31, 2019, other operating expenses were $3,872. This compares 
with $3,891 for 2018 and $4,507 for 2017. The $616 decrease from 2017 to 2018 was due to a loss of $189 resulting from a wire fraud 
in  2017  and  a  decrease  in  expenses  associated  with  consulting  services  related  to  the  cybersecurity  breaches  and  the  non-servicing 
component of pension expense. 

Cybersecurity Risks and Incidents 

The Company treats cybersecurity risk seriously.  The Company has a program to identify, mitigate and manage its cybersecurity 
risks.  The program includes penetration testing and vulnerability assessment, technological defenses such as antivirus software, patch 
management, firewall management, email and web protections, an intrusion prevention system, a cybersecurity insurance policy which 
covers some but not all losses arising from cybersecurity breaches, as well as ongoing employee training.  The costs of these measures 
were $365 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, $345 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 and $277 for the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2017. These costs are included in various categories of noninterest expense. 

The Company experienced two intrusions to its digital systems, one in May 2016 and one in January 2017.  Hackers and related 
organized criminal groups obtained unauthorized access to certain customer accounts. The attacks disabled certain systems protections, 
including limits on the number, amount, and frequency of ATM withdrawals.  The attacks resulted in the theft of funds disbursed through 
ATMs. In the May 2016 attack, hackers accessed customer funds and in the January 2017 intrusion, the hackers artificially inflated 
account balances and did not access customer funds.  The Company notified all affected customers, and restored all funds so that no 
customer experienced a loss. The Company retained a nationally recognized firm to investigate and remediate the May 2016 intrusion 
and  a  separate  nationally  recognized  firm  to  investigate  and  remediate  the  January  2017  intrusion.  The  Company  adopted  and 
implemented all of the recommendations provided through the investigations. 

The financial impact of the attacks include the amount of the theft, as well as costs of investigation and remediation.  The theft of 
funds totaled $570 in the May 2016 attack and $1,838 in the January 2017 attack. The Company recognized an estimated loss of $347 
in 2016, and $2,010 in 2018, with a remaining insurance receivable of $50 at December 31, 2018.  Costs for investigation, remediation, 
and legal consultation totaled $157 in 2019, $224 in 2018 and $407 in 2017.  The Company’s litigation against the insurance carrier was 
settled during the first quarter of 2019, subject to a non-disclosure agreement.  There has been no litigation against the Company to date 
associated with the breaches. 
  We  have  deployed  a  multi-faceted  approach  to  limit  the  risk  and  impact  of  unauthorized  access  to  customer  accounts  and  to 
information  relevant  to  customer  accounts.  We  use  digital  technology  safeguards,  internal  policies  and  procedures,  and  employee 
training to reduce the exposure of our systems to cyber-intrusions. However, it is not possible to fully eliminate exposure. The potential 
for  financial  and  reputational  losses  due  to  cyber-breaches  is  increased  by  the  possibility  of  human  error,  unknown  system 
susceptibilities, and the rising sophistication of cyber-criminals to attack systems, disable safeguards and gain access to accounts and 
related information.  The Company maintains insurance which provides a degree of coverage depending on the nature and circumstances 
of any cyber penetration but cannot be relied upon to reimburse fully the Company for all losses that may arise. The Company has 
adopted new protections and invested additional resources to increase its security. 

Income Taxes 

Income tax expense for 2019 was $3,211 compared to $2,560 in 2018 and $6,293 in 2017. During 2019 and 2018, the Company’s 
statutory  tax  rate  was  21%;  during  2017,  the  Company’s  marginal  tax  rate  was  35%.    The  decrease  in  the  tax  rate  was  due  to  the 
enactment on December 22, 2017 of the Tax Act, which became effective January 1, 2018.   

The Company’s effective tax rates for 2019, 2018 and 2017 were 15.53%, 13.68% and 30.87%, respectively.  The expected income 
tax expense based on the Company’s statutory tax rate differs from the actual income tax expense due to tax exempt income on municipal 
securities and loans, and in 2017, the re-valuation of deferred tax assets from 35% to 21%.  GAAP requires deferred tax assets to be 
valued at the tax rate at which the Company expects to realize them.  As a result of the change in the Company’s tax rate, the Company 
recognized a revaluation adjustment of $1,560 in 2017, with a corresponding charge to income tax expense.  See Note 9 of the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements for information relating to income taxes. 

Effects of Inflation 

The Company’s consolidated statements of income generally reflect the effects of inflation. Since interest rates, loan demand and 
deposit levels are related to inflation, the resulting changes are included in net income. The most significant item which does not reflect 
the effects of inflation is depreciation expense. Historical dollar values used to determine depreciation expense do not reflect the effects 
of inflation on the market value of depreciable assets after their acquisition.  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses 

The Company’s risk analysis at December 31, 2019 determined an allowance for loan losses of $6,863 or 0.94% of loans net of 
unearned  income  and  deferred  fees  and  costs,  a  decrease  from  $7,390  or  1.04%  at  December  31,  2018.    The  determination  of  the 
appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses resulted in a provision of $126 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, 
compared with a recovery for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2018 of $81.  To determine the appropriate level of the 
allowance for loan losses, the Company considers credit risk for certain loans designated as impaired and for non-impaired collectively 
evaluated loans.   

Individually evaluated impaired loans totaled $5,289 on a gross basis and net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs, with 
specific  allocations  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  totaling  $110  at  December  31, 2019.   Individually  evaluated  impaired  loans  at 
December 31, 2018 were $6,820 on a gross basis as well as net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs, with specific allocations 
to the allowance for loan losses of $139.  The specific allocation is determined based on criteria particular to each impaired loan.  

Collectively evaluated loans totaled $728,738 on a gross basis and $728,162 net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs, 
with an allowance of $6,753 or 0.93% at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2018, collectively evaluated loans totaled $703,577 on 
a gross basis and $702,979 net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs, with an allowance of $7,251 or 1.03%.  

For collectively evaluated loans, the Company applies to each loan class a historical net charge-off rate, adjusted for qualitative 
factors  that  influence  credit  risk.  Qualitative  factors  evaluated  for  impact  to  credit  risk  include  economic  measures,  asset  quality 
indicators, loan characteristics, and changes to internal Bank policies and management. 

Net charge-off rates for each class are averaged over eight quarters (two years) to determine the historical net charge off rate applied 
to each class of collectively evaluated loans. Net charge-offs for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 were $653 or 0.09% of 
average loans, an increase from $454 or 0.07% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. The eight-quarter average historical 
loss rate applied to the calculation was 0.08% for the period ended December 31, 2019 and 0.07% for the period ended December 31, 
2018. Increases in the net charge-off rate increase the required allowance for collectively evaluated loans, while decreases in the net 
charge-off rate decrease the required allowance for collectively evaluated loans. 

Economic factors influence credit risk and impact the allowance for loan loss.  The Company considers economic indicators within 
its  market  area,  including:  unemployment,  personal  bankruptcy  filings,  business  bankruptcy  filings,  the  interest  rate  environment, 
residential vacancy rates, housing inventory for sale, and the competitive environment. Lower unemployment lowers credit risk and the 
allowance for loan losses, while higher unemployment increases credit risk.  Higher bankruptcy filings indicate heightened credit risk 
and increase the allowance for loan losses, while lower bankruptcy filings have a beneficial impact on credit risk.  The interest rate 
environment impacts variable rate loans.  As interest rates increase, the payment on variable rate loans increases, which may increase 
credit risk.  However the effect of gradual, measured interest rate changes does not affect credit risk as much as a volatile interest rate 
environment.  Residential vacancy rates and housing inventory for sale impact the Company’s residential construction customers and 
the consumer real estate market.  Higher levels increase credit risk.  Higher competition for loans increases credit risk, while lower 
competition decreases credit risk. 
  Within the Company’s market area, the number of personal bankruptcies increased from levels at December 31, 2018, indicating 
increased credit risk.  The competitive, legal and regulatory environments and the inventory of new and existing homes remained at 
similar  levels  to  December  31,  2018.    Business  bankruptcies,  interest  rates,  residential  vacancy  rates  and  the  unemployment  rate 
decreased when compared with levels at December 31, 2018.  The Company assessed the decreases as positive indicators for credit risk, 
and reduced the risk allocation.         

The  Company  considers  other  factors  that  impact  credit  risk,  including  the  risk  from  changes  in  the  legal  and  regulatory 
environments,  changes  to  lending  policies  and  loan  review,  and  changes  in  management’s  experience.    The  legal  and  regulatory 
environment, lending policies, and management’s experience remained at similar levels to December 31, 2018.  Slight changes to the 
loan review system to align with regulatory guidance resulted in a slight increase in the allocation. 

Asset quality indicators affect the level of the allowance for loan losses. Accruing loans past due 30-89 days were 0.15% of total 
loans,  net  of  unearned  income  and  deferred  fees  and  costs  at  December  31,  2019,    a  decrease  from  0.23%  at  December  31,  2018. 
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more were 0.03% of total loans, net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs at December 
31, 2019, and 0.00% at December 31, 2018. Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2019 were 0.46% of total loans, net of unearned income 
and  deferred  fees  and  costs,  a  decrease  from  0.48%  at  December  31, 2018.  Decreases  in  past  due  and  nonaccrual  loans  reduce  the 
required  level  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  while  increases  in  past  due  and  nonaccrual  loans  increase  the  required  level  of  the 
allowance for loan losses.  

Levels of high risk loans are considered in the determination of the level of the allowance for loan loss. High risk loans are defined 
by the Company as loans secured by junior liens, interest-only loans and loans with a high loan-to-value ratio. A decrease in the level 
of high risk loans within a class decreases the required allocation for the loan class, and an increase in the level of high risk loans within 
a class increases the required allocation for the loan class. Total high risk loans decreased $28,386 or 18.07% from the level at December 
31, 2018, resulting in a decreased allocation. 

Loans  rated  “special  mention”  and  “classified”  (together,  “criticized  assets”)  indicate  heightened  credit  risk.  Higher  levels  of 
criticized assets increase the  required level of the allowance for collectively evaluated  loans,  while  lower  levels of criticized assets 
reduce the required level of the allowance for collectively evaluated loans. Loans rated special mention receive a 50% greater allocation 
for qualitative risk factors, and loans rated classified receive a 100% greater allocation for qualitative risk factors. A classified loss rate 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
is also applied to classified loans, calculated as net charge offs divided by classified loans.  During the third quarter of 2019, the Bank 
slightly revised the loan risk rating system to align with regulatory guidance.   After the revision, the “special mention” rating  is no 
longer  applied  to  consumer  loans.    The  allowance  for  loan  losses  includes  a  two  basis  point  adjustment  to  account  for  the  change. 
Collectively evaluated loans rated “special mention” were $135 at December 31, 2019 and $1,455 at December 31, 2018. Collectively 
evaluated loans rated classified were $961 at December 31, 2019 and $735 at December 31, 2018.  

The calculation of the appropriate level  for the allowance  for loan losses incorporates analysis of  multiple  factors and requires 
management’s prudent and informed judgment. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans, net of unearned income and 
deferred fees and costs at December 31, 2019 was 0.94%, a decrease from 1.04% at December 31, 2018. The ratio of the allowance for 
collectively  evaluated  loan  losses  to  collectively  evaluated  loans,  net  of  unearned  income  and  deferred  fees  and  costs  was  0.93%, 
compared with 1.03% at December 31, 2018. Improvements that decreased the required level of the allowance for loan losses from 
December  31,  2018  included loans  past  due  30-89  days,  loans  rated  special  mention  and  classified,  loans  considered  high  risk,  the 
interest rate environment, business bankruptcies, residential vacancy rate, the unemployment rate and nonaccrual loans.  Other indicators 
slightly offset the improvements, including a slight worsening in personal bankruptcy and loans past due 90 days.  Based on analysis of 
historical indicators, asset quality and economic factors, management believes the level of allowance for loan losses is reasonable for 
the credit risk in the loan portfolio. 

Quarterly Results of Operations 

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

$ in thousands, except per share data 

2019 

First  
Quarter 

Second  
Quarter 

Third  
Quarter 

Fourth  
Quarter 

Income Statement Data: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income taxes 

Net income 

Per Share Data: 
Basic net income per common share 
Fully diluted net income per common share 
Cash dividends per common share 
Book value per common share 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

11,138   $ 
1,793  
9,345  

200  
2,489  
6,465  
726  
4,443   $ 

0.65   $ 
0.65  
---  
27.86  

11,293   $ 
1,914  
9,379  

55  
1,856  
6,453  
733  
3,994   $ 

0.61   $ 
0.61  
0.67  
28.26  

11,288   $ 
1,865  
9,423  

95  
2,098  
6,386  
788  
4,252   $ 

0.65   $ 
0.65  
---  
28.97  

11,428  
1,808  
9,620  

(224 ) 
2,347  
6,450  
964  
4,777  

0.74  
0.74 
0.72  
28.31  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ in thousands, except per share data 

2018 

First  
Quarter 

Second  
Quarter 

Third  
Quarter 

Fourth  
Quarter 

Income Statement Data: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income taxes 

Net income 

Per Share Data: 
Basic net income per common share 
Fully diluted net income per common share 
Cash dividends per common share 
Book value per common share 

$ in thousands, except per share data 

Income Statement Data: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income taxes 

Net income 

Per Share Data: 
Basic net income per common share 
Fully diluted net income per common share 
Cash dividends per common share 
Book value per common share 

Balance Sheet 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

10,484   $ 
1,081  
9,403  

(472 ) 
2,023  
8,164  
438  
3,296    $ 

0.47   $ 
0.47  
---  
26.67  

10,726   $ 
1,145  
9,581  

342  
1,868  
6,424  
642  
4,041   $ 

0.58   $ 
0.58  
0.58  
26.71  

2017 

10,945   $ 
1,245  
9,700  

223  
1,914  
6,463  
677  
4,251   $ 

0.61   $ 
0.61  
---  
27.04  

11,069  
1,576  
9,493  

(174 ) 
1,924  
6,225  
803  
4,563  

0.66  
0.66  
0.63  
27.34  

First  
Quarter 

Second  
Quarter 

Third  
Quarter 

Fourth  
Quarter 

10,238   $ 
1,028  
9,210  

59  
1,850  
6,283  
1,069  
3,649   $ 

0.52   $ 
0.52  
---  
26.30  

10,295   $ 
1,048  
9,247  

464  
1,731  
5,974  
970  
3,570   $ 

0.51   $ 
0.51  
0.56  
26.49  

10,301   $ 
1,021  
9,280  

201  
1,884  
6,031  
1,147  
3,785   $ 

0.54   $ 
0.54  
---  
26.97  

10,426  
1,028  
9,398  

(567 ) 
2,171  
5,941  
3,107  
3,088  

0.46  
0.46 
0.61  
26.57  

On  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  total  assets  of  $1,321,837,  an  increase  of  $65,805  or  5.24%,  over  total  assets  of 
$1,256,032 on December 31, 2018. Total assets at December 31, 2018 were down by $725, or 0.06%, from $1,256,757 at December 31, 
2017.  

Loans 

The  Company’s  loan  categorization  reflects  its  approach  to  loan  portfolio  management  and  includes  six  groups.  Real  estate 
construction loans include construction loans for residential and commercial properties, as well as land.  Consumer real estate loans 
include conventional and junior lien mortgages, equity lines and investor-owned residential real estate. Commercial real estate loans are 
comprised of owner-occupied and leased nonfarm, nonresidential properties, multi-family residence loans and farmland. Commercial 
non-real estate loans include agricultural loans, operating capital lines and loans secured by capital assets. Public sector and industrial 
development authority (“IDA”) loans are extended to municipalities.  Consumer non-real estate loans include automobile loans, personal 
loans, credit cards and consumer overdrafts. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.  Types of Loans 

$ in thousands 

Real estate construction  
Consumer real estate  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial non-real estate 
Public sector and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 

Total loans 

Less unearned income and deferred fees 

Total loans, net of unearned income and 
deferred fees and costs 
Less allowance for loans losses 

Total loans, net 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

December 31, 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

42,303   $ 
181,472  
365,373  
  46,576  
  63,764  
  34,539  

734,027   $ 
(576 ) 

37,845   $ 

34,694   $ 

36,345   $ 

175,456  
353,546  
46,535  
60,777  
36,238  

166,965  
340,414  
40,518  
51,443  
34,648  

157,718  
336,457  
39,204  
45,474  
33,528  

710,397   $ 
(598 ) 

668,682   $ 
(613 ) 

648,546   $ 
(794 ) 

733,451   $ 
(6,863 ) 
726,588   $ 

709,799   $ 
(7,390 ) 
702,409   $ 

668,069   $ 
(7,925 ) 
660,144   $ 

647,752   $ 
(8,300 ) 
639,452   $ 

48,251  
143,504  
309,378  
37,571  
51,335  
29,845  
619,884  
(876 ) 

619,008  
(8,297 ) 
610,711  

B.  Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivities 

The following table presents maturities and interest rate sensitivities for commercial non-real estate, commercial real estate and real 

estate construction loans. 

$ in thousands 

Commercial non-real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Real estate construction 

Total  

Less loans with predetermined interest rates 
Loans with adjustable rates 

< 1 Year 

1 – 5 Years 

After 5 Years 

Total 

December 31, 2019 

30,742   $ 
71,810  
13,994  
116,546  
(12,471 ) 
104,075   $ 

15,171   $ 

241,968  
10,879  
268,018  
(29,300 ) 
238,718   $ 

663   $  46,576  
  365,373  
51,595  
  42,303  
17,430  
  454,252  
69,688  
  (50,276 ) 
(8,505 ) 
61,183   $  403,976  

  $ 

  $ 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Elements 

The following table presents aggregate amounts for nonaccrual loans, restructured loans in nonaccrual, other real estate owned net, and 

accruing loans which are contractually past due ninety days or more as to interest or principal payments, and accruing restructured loans. 

$ in thousands 

Nonaccrual loans 

Real estate construction 
Consumer real estate  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial non-real estate 
Public sector and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 

Total nonaccrual loans 
Restructured loans (TDR Loans) in nonaccrual 

Real estate construction 
Consumer real estate  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial non-real estate 
Public sector and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 

Total restructured loans in nonaccrual 
Total nonperforming loans 
Other real estate owned, net 
Total nonperforming assets 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more 

Real estate construction 
Consumer real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial non-real estate 
Public sector and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more 

  $ 

Accruing restructured loans 
Real estate construction 
Consumer real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial non-real estate 
Public sector and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 
Total accruing restructured loans 

  $ 

  $ 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

December 31, 

---   $ 
24  
---  
136  
---  
4  
164   $ 

---   $ 
262  
2,949  
---  
---  
---  
3,211   $ 
3,375   $ 
1,612  
4,987   $ 

---   $ 
188  
---  
17  
---  
26  
231   $ 

---   $ 
426  
382  
916  
---  
5  
1,729   $ 

---   $ 

119  
192  
---  
---  
---  

311   $ 

---   $ 

610  
2,494  
5  
---  
---  
3,109   $ 
3,420   $ 
2,052  
5,472   $ 

---   $ 
---  
---  
2  
---  
33  
35   $ 

---   $ 
6  
---  
---  
---  
---  
6   $ 

---   $ 

145  
2,602  
15  
---  
1  
2,763   $ 
2,769   $ 
2,817  
5,586   $ 

---   $ 
11  
---  
---  
---  
40  
51   $ 

---   $ 

256  
698  
217  
---  
---  
1,168   $ 

270   $ 

---  
4,390  
24  
---  
3  
4,687   $ 
5,855   $ 
3,156  
9,011   $ 

---   $ 
42  
---  
---  
---  
21  
63   $ 

---   $ 

417  
1,112  
1,010  
---  
13  
2,552   $ 

---   $ 

947  
2,948  
1,214  
---  
25  
5,134   $ 

---   $ 

877  
2,892  
---  
---  
---  
3,769   $ 

---  
14  
1,146  
883  
---  
---  
2,043  

718  
---  
3,921  
---  
---  
---  
4,639  
6,682  
4,165  
10,847  

---  
145  
---  
---  
---  
11  
156  

---  
962  
7,645  
207  
---  
---  
8,814  

Loan loss and other indicators related to asset quality are presented in the Loan Loss Data table. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Loss Data Table 

$ in thousands 
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses 
Net charge-offs to average net loans 
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of unearned  

income and deferred fees 

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans 
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets  
Nonperforming assets to loans, net of unearned income  

and deferred fees and costs, plus other real estate owned   

Nonaccrual loans 
Restructured loans in nonaccrual status 
Other real estate owned, net 
Total nonperforming assets 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more 

2019 

$ 

2018 

126  
0.09 % 

$ 

0.94 % 
203.35 % 
137.62 % 

0.68 % 
164  
3,211  
1,612  
4,987  
231  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(81 ) 
0.07 % 

1.04 % 
216.08 % 
135.05 % 

0.77 % 
311  
3,109  
2,052  
5,472  

35  

2017 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

157  
0.08 % 

1.19 % 
286.20 % 
141.87 % 

0.83 % 
6  
2,763  
2,817  
5,586  

51  

Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans and TDRs in nonaccrual status, but do not include accruing loans 90 days or more 
past due or accruing restructured loans. TDRs are discussed in detail under the section titled “C. Modifications and Troubled Debt 
Restructurings” below. Impaired loans, or loans for which management does not expect to collect at the original loan terms, but which 
may or may not be nonperforming, are presented in Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Total impaired loans at December 31, 2019 were $5,289, of which $3,211 were in nonaccrual status. Impaired loans at December 

31, 2018 and 2017 were $6,820 and $11,924, of which $3,420 and $2,763 were in nonaccrual status, respectively.  

The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total nonperforming loans decreased from 216.08% in 2018 to 203.35% in 2019. The 

Company believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate for the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio.  

C.  Modifications and Troubled Debt Restructurings 

In  the  ordinary  course  of  businesss,  the  Company  modifies  loan  terms  on  a  case-by-case  basis,  including  both  consumer  and 
commercial loans, for a variety of reasons. Modifications to consumer loans generally involve short-term deferrals to accommodate 
specific, temporary circumstances. The Company may grant extensions to borrowers who have demonstrated a willingness and ability 
to repay their loan but who are experiencing consequences of a specific unforeseen temporary hardship.  

An extension defers monthly payments and requires a balloon payment at the original contractual maturity. If the temporary event 
is not expected to impact a borrower’s ability to repay the debt, and if the Company expects to collect all amounts due including interest 
accrued at the contractual interest rate for the period of delay at contractual maturity, the modification is not designated a TDR. 
  Modifications to commercial loans may include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rate, maturity, amortization and financial 
covenants. In the original underwriting, loan terms are established that represent the then-current and projected financial condition of 
the borrower. If the modified terms are consistent with competitive market conditions and representative of terms the borrower could 
otherwise obtain in the open market, the modified loan is not categorized as a TDR. 

The  Company  codes  modifications  to  assist  in  identifying  TDRs.  The  majority  of  modifications  were  granted  for  competitive 

reasons and did not constitute TDRs. A description of modifications that did not result in TDRs follows: 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications Made During the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2019 
to Borrowers Not Experiencing Financial Difficulty 

Modification  

Rate reductions for competitive purposes 
Payment extensions for less than 3 months  
Maturity date extensions of more than 3 months 

and up to 6 months  

Maturity date extensions of more than 6 months 

and up to 12 months  

Maturity date extensions of more than 12 months   
Advances on non-revolving loans or 

recapitalization  

Change in amortization term or method  
Change or release of collateral 
Renewal of expired Home Equity Line of Credit 

loans to additional 10 years  

Renewal of single-payment notes  
Total modifications that do not constitute TDRs 

Number of Loans 
Modified 
10 
72 

  $ 

143 

234 
74 

4 
11 
26 

34 
124 
732 

  $ 

Total Amount Modified 

21,717  
1,302  

20,287  

14,475  
8,811  

1,019  
4,374  
532  

1,330  
3,254  
77,101  

Modifications Made During the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2018 
to Borrowers Not Experiencing Financial Difficulty 

Modification  

Rate reductions for competitive purposes 
Payment extensions for less than 3 months  
Maturity date extensions of more than 3 months 

and up to 6 months  

Maturity date extensions of more than 6 months 

and up to 12 months  

Maturity date extensions of more than 12 months   
Advances on non-revolving loans or 

recapitalization  

Change in amortization term or method  
Change or release of collateral  
Renewal of expired Home Equity Line of Credit 

loans to additional 10 years  
Renewal of single-payment notes 
Total modifications that do not constitute TDRs 

Number of Loans 
Modified 
18 
61 

  $ 

134 

308 
17 

8 
11 
43 

20 
138 
758 

  $ 

Total Amount Modified 

8,384  
646  

22,663  

11,777  
2,304  

2,076  
1,542  
783  

300  
2,862  
53,337  

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Modifications Made During the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2017  
to Borrowers Not Experiencing Financial Difficulty 

Modification 

Rate reductions for competitive purposes 
Payment extensions for less than 3 months  
Maturity date extensions of more than 3 months 

and up to 6 months  

Maturity date extensions of more than 6 months 

and up to 12 months  

Maturity date extensions of more than 12 months   
Advances on non-revolving loans or 

recapitalization  

Change in amortization term or method  
Renewal of expired Home Equity Line of Credit 

loans to additional 10 years  

Renewal of single-payment notes  
Total modifications that do not constitute TDRs 

Number of Loans 
Modified 
29 
126 

  $ 

Total Amount 
 Modified 

182 

316 
7 

12 
42 

19 
240 
973 

  $ 

11,783  
2,693  

29,253  

14,675  
3,474  

4,603  
4,884  

448  
5,044  
76,857  

  Modifications in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and for which the Company makes a concession to the 
original contractual loan terms are designated TDRs. Modifications of loan terms to borrowers experiencing  financial difficulty are 
made in an attempt to protect as much of the Company’s investment in the loan as possible. The determination of whether a modification 
should  be  accounted  for  as  a  TDR  requires  significant  judgment  after  consideration  of  all  facts  and  circumstances  surrounding  the 
transaction. 

Assuming all other TDR criteria are met, the Company considers one or a combination of the following concessions to the loan 
terms to indicate TDR status: a reduction of the stated interest rate, an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the 
current market rate for a new loan with a similar term and similar risk, or forgiveness of principal or accrued interest. 

The Company has restructured loan terms for certain qualified financially distressed borrowers who have agreed to work in good 
faith and have demonstrated the ability to make the restructured payments in order to avoid a foreclosure. TDR loans are individually 
evaluated  for  impairment  for  purposes  of  determining  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.  TDR  loans  with  at  least  six  months  of  timely 
repayment history may accrue interest.  TDR loans that do not have six months of timely repayment performance are maintained on 
nonaccrual until the borrower demonstrates sustained repayment history under the restructured terms and continued repayment is not in 
doubt.  TDR loans may be removed from TDR status, and placed in the appropriate collectively evaluated pool, if the restructuring 
agreement specified a market interest rate at the time of restructuring and the loan is in compliance with modified terms for a period of 
at least one year after the restructuring was executed. 

The Company’s TDRs amounted to $4,940 as of December 31, 2019 and $5,661 as of December 31, 2018. Accruing TDR loans 

amounted to $1,729 at December 31, 2019 compared to $2,552 at December 31, 2018. 

Restructuring  generally  results  in  loans  with  lower  payments  or  an  extended  maturity  beyond  that  originally  required,  and  are 
expected to have a lower risk of loss due to nonperformance than loans classified as nonperforming. In 2019, the Company modified 
one loan in a TDR that, directly prior to restructuring, totaled $100, and currently has a balance of $100 at December 31, 2019.  Of the 
Company’s TDRs at December 31, 2019, seven loans, all part of one relationship defaulted within 12 months of being modified.  The 
Company defines default as a delay in one payment of more than 90 days or foreclosure after the date of restructuring. 

In 2018, the Company  modified loans in a TDR that, directly prior to restructuring, totaled $4,213 and that  had total  principal 
balances of $3,800 as of December 31, 2018. None of the Company’s restructured loans defaulted during the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2018.    Please refer to Note 5 for information on the effect of default on the allowance for loan losses. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables present the delinquency status of TDR loans. 

$ in thousands 

TDR Delinquency Status as of December 31, 2019 

Total TDR 
Loans 

  Current 

Accruing 
  30-89 Days 
Past Due 

90+ Days 
 Past Due 

  Nonaccrual 

Real estate construction 
Consumer real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial non-real estate 
Public sector and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 
Total TDR Loans 

  $ 

  $ 

---  
688  
3,331  
916  
---  
5  
4,940  

$ 

---   $ 

426  
  382  
  916  
---  
2  

$ 1,726   $ 

---   $ 
---    
---  
---    
---    
3    
3   $ 

---   $ 
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---   $ 

---  
262  
2,949  
---  
---  
---  
3,211  

$ in thousands 

TDR Delinquency Status as of December 31, 2018 

Total TDR 
Loans 

  Current 

Accruing 
  30-89 Days 
Past Due 

90+ Days 
 Past Due 

  Nonaccrual 

Real estate construction 
Consumer real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial non-real estate 
Public sector and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 
Total TDR Loans 

  $ 

---   $ 

---   $ 

1,027    
3,606  
1,015  
---  
13  
5,661  

417  
 1,112  
 1,010  
---  
9  

$ 2,548   $ 

  $ 

---   $ 
---    
---  
---    
---    
4    
4   $ 

---   $ 
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---   $ 

---  
610  
2,494  
5  
---  
---  
3,109  

$ in thousands 

TDR Delinquency Status as of December 31, 2017 

Total TDR 
Loans 

  Current 

Accruing 
  30-89 Days 
Past Due 

90+ Days 
 Past Due 

  Nonaccrual 
---  
145  
2,602  
15  
---  
1  
2,763  

---   $ 
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---   $ 

Real estate construction 
Consumer real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial non-real estate 
Public sector and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 
Total TDR Loans 

  $ 

  $ 

---  
1,092  
5,550  
1,229  
---  
26  
7,897  

$ 

---   $ 

773  
 2,948  
 1,214  
---  
25  
$ 4,960   $ 

---   $ 

174    
---  
---    
---    
---    
174   $ 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary of Loan Loss Experience 

A.   Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses 

The following table shows average loan balances at the end of each period; changes in the allowance for loan losses arising from loans 
charged off and recoveries on loans previously charged off by loan category; and additions to the allowance which have been charged to 
operating expense: 

$ in thousands 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

December 31, 

Average loans, net of unearned income and deferred 

fees and costs 

  $ 

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of year 
Charge-offs: 
Real estate construction 
Consumer real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial non-real estate 
Public Sector  and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 

Total loans charged off 

Recoveries: 
Real estate construction 
Consumer real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial non-real estate 
Public Sector  and IDA 
Consumer non-real estate 
Total recoveries 

Net loans charged off 
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses 
Allowance for loan losses at end of year 

Net charge-offs to average loans net of unearned 

income and deferred fees and costs  

  $ 

719,179   $  683,310   $  653,364   $  621,654   $  619,745  
8,263  
8,300  

8,297  

7,925  

7,390  

---  
192  
150  
47  
---  
531  
920  

---  
38  
---  
107  
---  
544  
689  

---  
146  
139  
82  
---  
452  
819  

29  
133  
488  
883  
---  
273  
1,806  

---  
---  
49  
1  
---  
217  
267  
653  
126  
6,863   $ 

---  
3  
49  
22  
---  
161  
235  
454  
(81 ) 
7,390   $ 

---  
1  
131  
23  
---  
132  
287  
532  
157  
7,925   $ 

---  
2  
83  
10  
---  
64  
159  
1,647  
1,650  
8,300   $ 

---  
205  
1,114  
490  
---  
311  
2,120  

---  
2  
49  
1  
---  
93  
145  
1,975  
2,009  
8,297  

0.09 %   

0.07 % 

0.08 % 

0.26 % 

0.32 % 

The Company charges off commercial real estate loans at the time that a loss is confirmed. When delinquency status or other information 
indicates  that  the  borrower  will  not  repay  the  loan,  the  Company  considers  collateral  value  based  upon  a  current  appraisal  or  internal 
evaluation. Any loan amount in excess of collateral value is charged off and the collateral is taken into OREO.   
  Management analyzes many factors to determine the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses and resultant provision 
expense, including the historical loss rate, the quality of the loan portfolio as determined by management, diversification as to type of 
loans in the portfolio, internal policies and economic factors. Management considers net charge-offs over the most recent eight quarters 
to determine the historical loss rate to be applied to the calculation. The historical loss rate contributes significantly to the required level 
for the allowance for loan losses. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.  Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses has been allocated according to the amount deemed necessary to provide for anticipated losses within the 

categories of loans for the years indicated as follows: 

$ in thousands  

2019 

2018 

December 31, 

2017 

2016 

2015 

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category to 
Total  
Loans(1) 

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category to 
Total  
Loans(1) 

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category to 
Total 
Loans(1) 

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category to 
Total  
Loans(1) 

Allowance 
Amount   

Allowance 
Amount 

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category to 
Total 
Loans(1) 

Allowance 
Amount 

Allowance 
Amount 

Allowance 
Amount 

Real estate 
construction    $ 
Consumer 
real estate       
Commercial 
real estate  
Commercial 
non-real 
estate  
Public sector 
and IDA      
Consumer 
non-real 
estate      
Unallocated       
 $ 

400  

5.76 %  $  398  

5.33 %  $ 

337  

5.19 %  $  438  

5.60 %  $  576  

7.78 % 

  1,895  

24.72 % 

  2,049  

24.70 % 

  2,027  

24.97 % 

 1,830  

24.32 % 

  1,866  

23.15 % 

  2,559  

49.77 % 

  2,798  

49.77 % 

  3,044  

50.91 % 

 3,738  

51.88 % 

  4,109  

49.92 % 

  555  

6.35 % 

  602  

6.55 % 

  1,072  

6.06 % 

 1,063  

6.02 % 

  655  

6.06 % 

  478  

8.69 % 

  583  

8.55 % 

419  

7.69 % 

  330  

7.01 % 

  436  

8.28 % 

  650  
  326  
6,863  

4.71 % 

  750  
  210  
100.00 %  $  7,390  

5.10 % 

707  
319  
100.00 %  $  7,925  

5.18 % 

  644  
  257  
100.00 %  $ 8,300  

5.17 % 

  627  
28  
100.00 %  $  8,297  

4.81 % 

100.00 % 

(1)  Loans are presented on a gross basis. 

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses by impairment basis follows: 

$ in thousands 

December 31,  

2019 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

$ 

5,289  
110  
2.08 % 

6,820   $ 
139  
2.04 % 

728,738  
6,753  

0.93 % 

734,027  
(576 ) 
733,451  
6,863  

703,577  
7,251  

1.03 % 

710,397  
(598 ) 
709,799  
7,390  

11,924  
177  
1.48 % 

656,758  
7,748  

1.18 % 

668,682  
(613 ) 
668,069  
7,925  

0.94 % 

1.04 % 

1.19 % 

Impaired loans(1) 
Allowance related to impaired loans(1) 
Allowance to impaired loans(1) 

Non-impaired loans(1) 
Allowance related to non-impaired loans(1) 
Allowance to non-impaired loans(1) 

Total gross loans 
Less: unearned income and deferred fees and costs 
Loans, net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs   
Allowance for loan losses, total 
Allowance as a percentage of loans, net of unearned 

income and deferred fees and costs 

(1)  Loans are presented on a gross basis. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually-evaluated impaired loans are valued using the fair value of the underlying collateral or the present value of cash flows 
for each loan. Valuation procedures for impaired loans resulted in a required reserve for impaired loans of $110 at December 31, 2019, 
$139 at December 31, 2018 and $177 at December 31, 2017. The amount of the individual impaired loan balance that exceeds the fair 
value is accrued in the allowance for loan losses. 
  Management’s analysis of the loan portfolio and pertinent economic conditions resulted in a determination of the allowance for 
loan losses for collectively evaluated loans of $6,753 or 0.93% of such loans at December 31, 2019, $7,251 or 1.03% at December 31, 
2018, and $7,748 or 1.18% at December 31, 2017. The allowance for collectively evaluated loans is determined by applying historical 
charge-off percentages, as well as additional accruals for internal and external credit risk factors to groups of collectively evaluated 
loans. The Company applies the average of the most recent eight quarters of net charge-offs to calculate historical net charge-offs for 
the allowance. The ratio decreased from 2018 to 2019 due to improvements in economic and credit risk factors. The ratio decreased 
from 2017 to 2018 due to a decreased charge-off ratio, down from 0.08% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 to 0.07% for 
the year ended December 31, 2018. Also contributing to the reduced allowance requirement were improved asset quality indicators, and 
favorable economic indicators. 

The unallocated portion of the reserve was $326 at December 31, 2019, $210 at December 31, 2018 and $319 at December 31, 
2017. The unallocated portion of the reserve is the amount that exceeds the calculated requirement for the allowance for loan losses.  
The Company’s policy permits an unallocated reserve of up to 5% in excess of the required level for the allowance for loan losses.  

The total calculated allowance for loan losses of $6,863 at December 31, 2019, $7,390 as of December 31, 2018 and $7,925 as of 
December 31, 2017 indicated a provision of $126 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 and indicated a recovery of $81 for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 and a provision of $157 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017. Please refer to 
the discussion under “Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional information on the determination of the allowance for 
loan loss. 

Securities 

The fair value of securities available for sale was $435,263, an increase of $10,253 or 2.41% from December 31, 2018.  
The securities portfolio is subject to the volatility and risk in the financial markets. The risk in financial markets affects the Company 
in the same way that it affects other institutional and individual investors. The Company’s investment portfolio includes corporate bonds. 
If, because of economic hardship, the corporate issuers were to default, there could be a delay in the payment of interest, or there could 
be a loss of principal and accrued interest. To date, there have been no defaults in any of the corporate bonds held in the portfolio. The 
Company’s investment portfolio also contains a large percentage of municipal bonds. If economic forces reduce the ability of states and 
municipalities to make scheduled principal and interest payments on their outstanding indebtedness, or if their income from taxes and 
other sources declines significantly, states and municipalities could default on their bond obligations. There have been no defaults among 
the municipal bonds in the Company’s investment portfolio.  The fair value of our bond portfolio is affected by interest rates.  The fair 
value  of  available  for  sale  securities  is  reflected  on  the  Company's  balance  sheet,  while  held  to  maturity  securities  are  reported  at 
amortized cost. 

In making investment decisions, management follows internal policy guidelines that help to limit risk by specifying parameters for 
both security quality and industry and geographic concentrations. Management regularly monitors the quality of the investment portfolio 
and tracks changes in financial markets. The value of individual securities will be written down if a decline in fair value is considered 
to be other than temporary, given the totality of the circumstances. 

Additional information about securities available for sale and securities held to maturity can be found in Note 3 of the Notes to 

Consolidated Financial Statements. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturities and Associated Yields 

The following table presents the maturities for securities available for sale and held to maturity at their carrying values as of 

December 31, 2019 and weighted average yield for each range of maturities. 
$ in thousands 

Maturities and Yields 
December 31, 2019 

  < 1 Year 

1-5 Years 

5-10 Years 

  > 10 Years 

None 

Total 

Available for Sale: 
U.S. government agencies 

Mortgage-backed securities 

  $  43,988  

  $ 

1.62 % 
114  
0.00 % 

$ 

$ 

991  
2.41 %   
85  
5.60 %   

$  41,019  

$  35,125  

$ 

2.57 %   

3.01 %   

$  83,841  

$ 137,743  

$ 

2.23 %   

2.31 %   

States and political subdivision – nontaxable (1) 

  $  9,195  

$  5,429  

$  19,400  

$  54,215  

$ 

5.01 % 

  $  2,005  
2.44  
  $  55,302  

$ 

4.46 %   
---  
---  
$  6,505  

4.27 %   
---  
---  
$ 144,260  

$ 

3.27 %   

$  2,113  

4.00 %   

$ 229,196  

$ 

$ 

2.21 % 

4.16 %   

2.60 %   

2.66 %   

---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  

$ 121,123  

2.35 % 

$ 221,783  

2.28 % 

$  88,239  

3.74 % 

$ 

4,118  

3.22 % 

$ 435,263  

2.60 % 

Corporate 

Total 

Restricted stock: 
Restricted stock 

  $ 

$ 

---  
---  

$ 

---  
---  

$ 

---  
---  

---  
---  

$  1,220  

$ 

1,220  

7.05 %   

7.05 % 

(1)  Rates shown represent weighted average yield on a fully taxable basis. 

The majority of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations held at December 31, 2019 were backed by 
U.S. government agencies. Certain holdings are required to be periodically subjected to the Federal Financial Institution Examination 
Council’s (FFIEC) high risk mortgage security test. These tests address possible fluctuations in the average life and variances caused by 
the change in rate times the change in volume that have been allocated to rate and volume changes proportional to the relationship of 
the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each. Except for U.S. government agency securities, the Company has no securities with any 
issuer that exceeds 10% of stockholders’ equity. 

Deposits 

Total deposits increased by $67,811 or 6.45%, from $1,051,942 at December 31, 2018 to $1,119,753 at December 31, 2019. While 
all deposit categories increased, the two greatest impacts came from growth of $26,955 in interest-bearing demand deposits and growth 
of  $26,229  in  time  deposits.    During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018,  the  Company  raised  its  deposit  offering  rates  in  order  to  remain 
competitive during a rising rate environment.  When December 31, 2018 is compared with December 31, 2017, total deposits decreased 
$7,792, or 0.74%, from $1,059,734 at December 31, 2017, primarily due to a decline in time deposits. 

A.   Average Amounts of Deposits and Average Rates Paid 

Average amounts and average rates paid on deposit categories are presented below: 

$ in thousands 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings deposits 
Time deposits 
Average total deposits 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Average 
Amounts 

  $ 

200,970  
601,884  
142,985  
116,844  
  $  1,062,683  

Average 
Rates 
Paid 

Average 
Amounts 
$  192,440  
---  
606,766  
0.85 %  
140,918  
0.31 %  
1.54 %  
105,674  
0.69 % $  1,045,798  

Average 
Rates  
Paid 

Average 
Amounts 

Average 
Rates  
Paid 

$ 

178,708  
---  
598,661  
0.68 %   
140,997  
0.17 %   
0.50 %   
120,220  
0.47 %  $  1,038,586  

---  
0.56 % 
0.17 % 
0.45 % 
0.40 % 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.  Time Deposits of $250 or More 

The following table sets forth time certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $250 or more: 

$ in thousands 

  3 Months or Less   

Over 3 Months 
Through 6 Months 

December 31, 2019 
Over 6 Months 
Through 12 Months 

Over 12 Months 

Total 

Total time deposits of $250 

or more      

  $ 

2,763   $ 

8,215  

$ 

11,182  

$ 

252   $ 

22,412  

Derivatives and Market Risk Exposures 

The Company is not a party to derivative financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks such as futures, forwards, swaps, and 
options. The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks such as commitments to extend credit, standby 
letters of credit, and recourse obligations in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. See Note 13 of 
Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional  information  relating  to  financial  instruments  with  off-balance  sheet  risk. 
Management does not plan any future involvement in high risk derivative products. The Company has investments in mortgage-backed 
securities, principally through the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and Federal National Mortgage Association 
(“FNMA”),  with  a  fair  value  of  approximately  $221,783.  See  Note  3  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information relating to securities. 

The Company’s securities and loans are subject to credit and interest rate risk, and its deposits are subject to interest rate risk. 
Management considers credit risk when a loan is granted and monitors credit risk after the loan is granted. The Company maintains an 
allowance for loan losses to absorb losses in the collection of its loans. See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for 
information relating to the allowance for loan losses. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information relating 
to concentrations of credit risk. The Company has an asset/liability program to manage its interest rate risk. This program provides 
management with information related to the rate sensitivity of certain assets and liabilities and the effect of changing rates on profitability 
and capital accounts.  

The effects of changing interest rates are primarily managed through adjustments to the loan portfolio and deposit base, to the extent 
competitive factors allow. The investment portfolio is generally longer term. Adjustments for asset and liability management are made 
when securities are called or mature and funds are subsequently reinvested. Securities may be sold for reasons related to credit quality 
or regulatory limitations, and in limited circumstances, securities available for sale have been disposed for interest rate risk management. 
No trading activity for this purpose is planned in the foreseeable future, though it does remain an option. 
  While the asset/liability planning program is designed to protect the Company over the long term, it does not provide near-term 
protection from interest rate shocks, as interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities do not by their nature move up or down in tandem in 
response to changes in the overall rate environment. The Company’s profitability in the near term may be temporarily negatively affected 
in a period of rapidly rising or rapidly falling rates, because it takes some time for the Company to change its rates to adjust to a new 
interest rate environment. See Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information relating to fair value of financial 
instruments and comments concerning interest rate sensitivity. 

Liquidity  

Liquidity  measures the  Company’s ability to  meet its financial commitments at a reasonable cost. Demands on the Company’s 
liquidity include funding additional loan demand and accepting withdrawals of existing deposits. The Company has diverse liquidity 
sources, including customer and purchased deposits, customer repayments of loan principal and interest, sales, calls and maturities of 
securities, Federal Reserve discount window borrowing, short-term borrowing, and FHLB advances. At December 31, 2019, the Bank 
did not have discount window borrowings, short-term borrowings, or FHLB advances.  To assure that short-term borrowing is readily 
available, the Company tests accessibility annually. 

The Company considers its security portfolio for typical liquidity needs, within accounting, legal and strategic parameters.  Prior to 
the second quarter of 2018, the securities portfolio was segregated into available for sale and held to maturity. During the second quarter 
of 2018, the Company re-classified all its held to maturity securities to available for sale.  Portions of the securities portfolio are pledged 
to meet state requirements for public funds deposits. Discount window borrowings also require pledged securities. Increased/decreased 
liquidity from public funds deposits or discount window borrowings results in increased/decreased liquidity from pledging requirements. 
The Company monitors public funds pledging requirements and unpledged available for sale securities accessible for liquidity needs. 

Regulatory capital levels determine the Company’s ability to use purchased deposits and the Federal Reserve discount window. At 
December 31, 2019, the Company is considered well capitalized and does not have any restrictions on purchased deposits or borrowing 
ability at the Federal Reserve discount window. 

The Company monitors factors that may increase its liquidity needs. Some of these factors include deposit trends, large depositor 
activity, maturing deposit promotions, interest rate sensitivity, maturity and repricing timing gaps between assets and liabilities, the level 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of unfunded loan commitments and loan growth. At December 31, 2019, the Company’s liquidity is sufficient to meet projected trends 
in these areas. 

To  monitor  and  estimate  liquidity  levels,  the  Company  performs  stress  testing  under  varying  assumptions  on  credit  sensitive 
liabilities and the sources and amounts of balance sheet and external liquidity available to replace outflows. The Company’s Contingency 
Funding Plan sets forth avenues for rectifying liquidity shortfalls. At December 31, 2019, the analysis indicated adequate liquidity under 
the tested scenarios. 

The Company utilizes several other strategies to maintain sufficient liquidity. Loan and deposit growth are managed to keep the 
loan to deposit ratio within the Company’s own policy range of 65% to 75%. At  December 31, 2019, the loan to deposit ratio was 
65.50%. The investment strategy takes into consideration the term of the investment, and securities in the available for sale portfolio are 
laddered based upon projected funding needs. 

In the normal course of business, we enter into certain contractual obligations, including obligations to make future payments on 
lease arrangements, contractual commitments with depositors, and service contracts. The table below presents our significant contractual 
obligations as of December 31, 2019, except for pension and other postretirement benefit plans, which are included in Note 8, "Employee 
Benefit Plans," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. 

$ in thousands 

Payments Due by Period 

Time deposits  
Purchase obligations (1) 
Operating leases 
Total 

Total 

$ 

$ 

128,028 
10,975  
2,580  
141,583 

$ 

$ 

Less Than  
1 Year 

1-3 Years 

4-5 Years 

More Than  
5 Years 

116,969 
4,520  
354  
121,843 

$ 

$ 

8,384  $ 
3,747  
694  
12,825  $ 

2,606 
2,708  
684  
5,998 

$ 

$ 

69  
---  
848  
917  

(1)  Includes contracts with a minimum annual payment of $100. 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company was not aware of any other known trends, events or uncertainties that have or are reasonably 
likely to have a material impact on our liquidity. As of December 31, 2019, the Company has no material commitments for long term 
debt or for capital expenditures. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information relating to recent accounting pronouncements. 

Capital Resources 

Total stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2019 was $183,726, a decrease of $6,512, or 3.42%, from the $190,238 at December 
31, 2018. The largest component of 2019 stockholders’ equity was retained earnings of $184,120, which included net income of $17,466, 
offset by dividends of $9,032 and repurchase of shares of  $17,939. Total stockholders’  equity increased by $5,342  or 2.89%, from 
$184,896 on December 31, 2017 to $190,238 on December 31, 2018. 

In August 2018, the Federal Reserve updated the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement, in compliance with EGRRCPA.  
The  statement,  among  other  things,  exempted  bank  holding  companies  that  fall  below  a  certain  asset  threshold  from  reporting 
consolidated regulatory capital ratios and from minimum regulatory capital requirements.  The interim final rule expanded the exemption 
to bank holding companies with consolidated total assets of less than $3 billion. Prior to August 2018, the statement exempted bank 
holding companies with consolidated total assets of less than $1 billion. As a result of the interim final rule, the Company qualified as 
of August 2018 as a small bank holding company and is no longer subject to regulatory capital requirements on a consolidated basis. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The Bank continues to be subject to various capital requirements administered by banking agencies. Risk based capital ratios for 

the Bank are shown in the following tables. 

Ratios at 
December 31, 2019 

Regulatory Capital 
Minimum Ratios 

Regulatory Capital Minimum 
Ratios with Capital Conservation 
Buffer  

Common Equity Tier I Capital Ratio   
Tier I Capital Ratio 
Total Capital Ratio 
Leverage Ratio 

22.283 % 
22.283 % 
23.128 % 
14.175 % 

4.500 % 
6.000 % 
8.000 % 
4.000 % 

7.000  % 
8.500  % 
10.500  % 
4.000  % 

Ratios at 
December 31, 2018 

Regulatory Capital 
Minimum Ratios 

Regulatory Capital Minimum 
Ratios with Capital Conservation 
Buffer  

Common Equity Tier I Capital Ratio   
Tier I Capital Ratio 
Total Capital Ratio 
Leverage Ratio 

23.856 % 
23.856 % 
24.764 % 
15.788 % 

4.500 % 
6.000 % 
8.000 % 
4.000 % 

6.375  % 
7.875  % 
9.875  % 
4.000  % 

Risk-based capital ratios are calculated in compliance with FDIC rules based on Basel III Capital Rules. The Bank’s ratios are well 

above the required minimums at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. 

Banks are subject to an additional capital conservation buffer in order to make capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments.  
The implementation period for the capital conservation buffer began in 2016 and was fully phased in January 1, 2019, with .625% added 
each year and a final buffer of 2.5% in excess of regulatory capital minimum ratios. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2019 are detailed in the table below. 

$ in thousands 

Payments Due by Period 

Commitments to extend credit 
Standby letters of credit 
Mortgage loans with potential recourse 
Operating leases 
Total 

Total 

Less Than 1 Year 

1-3 Years 

$ 

$ 

158,859 
15,212 
20,496 
2,580 
197,147 

$ 

$ 

158,859 
15,212 
20,496 
354 
194,921 

$ 

$ 

--- 
--- 
--- 
694 
694 

--- 
--- 
--- 
684 
684 

$ 

$ 

4-5 Years  More Than 5 Years 
$ 
$ 

---  
---  
---  
848  
848  

In the normal course of business the Company’s banking affiliate extends lines of credit to its customers. Amounts drawn upon 

these lines vary at any given time depending on the business needs of the customers. 

Standby letters of credit are also issued to the Bank’s customers. There are two types of standby letters of credit. The first is a 
guarantee of payment to facilitate customer purchases. The second type is a performance letter of credit that guarantees a payment if the 
customer fails to perform a specific obligation. Revenue from these letters was approximately $71 in 2019. 
  While it would be possible for customers to fully draw on approved lines of credit and for beneficiaries to call all letters of credit, 
historically this has not occurred. In the event of a sudden and substantial draw on these lines, the Company has its own lines of credit 
from which it can draw funds. A sale of loans or investments would also be an option to meet liquidity demands.  

The Company sells mortgages on the secondary market subject to recourse agreements. The mortgages originated must meet strict 
underwriting and documentation requirements for the sale to be completed. The Company estimates a potential loss reserve for recourse 
provisions. The amount is not material as of December 31, 2019.  To date, no recourse provisions have been invoked. 

Operating leases are for buildings used in the Company’s day-to-day operations. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Information about market risk is set forth above in the “Interest Rate Sensitivity” and “Derivatives and Market Risk Exposure” sections 

of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

48 

 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
$ in thousands, except share and per share data 
Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Securities available for sale, at fair value 
Restricted stock 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Loans: 

Real estate construction loans 
Consumer real estate loans 
Commercial  real estate loans 
Commercial non-real estate loans 
Public sector and IDA loans 
Consumer non-real estate loans 

 Total loans 

Less unearned income and deferred fees and costs 
Loans, net of unearned income and deferred fees and costs 
Less allowance for loan losses 
Loans, net 
Premises and equipment, net 
Accrued interest receivable 
Other real estate owned, net 
Goodwill 
Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings deposits 
Time deposits 

Total deposits 

Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Commitments and contingencies 
Stockholders’ equity: 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

$ 

10,290  
76,881  
435,263  
1,220  
905  

12,882  
43,491  
425,010  
1,220  
72  

42,303  
181,472  
365,373  
46,576  
63,764  
34,539  
734,027  
(576 ) 
733,451  
(6,863 ) 
726,588  
8,919  
4,285  
1,612  
5,848  
35,567  
14,459  
  $  1,321,837  

37,845  
175,456  
353,546  
46,535  
60,777  
36,238  
710,397  
(598 ) 
709,799  
(7,390 ) 
702,409  
8,646  
5,160  
2,052  
5,848  
34,657  
14,585  
$  1,256,032  

  $ 

201,866  
643,482  
146,377  
128,028  
  1,119,753  
144  
18,214  
  1,138,111  

$ 

195,441  
616,527  
138,175  
101,799  
  1,051,942  
89  
13,763  
  1,065,794  

Preferred stock, no par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding 
Common stock, $1.25 par value. Authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 

---  

---  

6,489,574 shares in 2019 and 6,957,974 in 2018  

Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net 
Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

8,112  
184,120  
(8,506 ) 
183,726  
  $  1,321,837  

8,698  
193,625  
(12,085 ) 
190,238  
$  1,256,032  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  $ 

Consolidated Statements of Income 

$ in thousands, except per share data 
Interest Income 
Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on interest-bearing deposits 
Interest and dividends on securities – taxable 
Interest on securities – nontaxable 

Total interest income 

Interest Expense 
Interest on deposits  
Interest on borrowings 

Total interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) loan 

losses 

Noninterest Income 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Credit and debit card fees 
Trust income 
BOLI income 
Other income 
Realized securities gains, net 

Total noninterest income 

Noninterest Expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy, furniture and fixtures 
Data processing and ATM 
FDIC assessment 
Intangible assets amortization 
Net costs of other real estate owned 
Franchise taxes 
Write-down of insurance receivable 
Other operating expenses 

Total noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 

Basic net income per common share 

Fully diluted net income per common share 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Years ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

33,869  
1,523  
6,725  
3,030  
45,147  

7,380  
---  
7,380  
37,767  
126  

37,641  

2,453  
198  
1,398  
1,622  
910  
1,643  
566  
8,790  

15,298  
1,866  
3,171  
167  
---  
47  
1,333  
---  
3,872  
25,754  
20,677  
3,211  
17,466  
2.65  
2.65  

$ 

31,333   $ 
672  
6,856  
4,363  
43,224  

4,883  
164  
5,047  
38,177  
(81 ) 

38,258  

2,678  
132  
1,431  
1,565  
901  
1,005  
17  
7,729  

14,506  
1,845  
2,784  
359  
50  
553  
1,278  
2,010  
3,891  
27,276  
18,711  
2,560  
16,151   $ 

2.32   $ 

2.32   $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

29,932  
791  
5,711  
4,826  
41,260  

4,125  
---  
4,125  
37,135  
157  

36,978  

2,776  
205  
1,205  
1,530  
758  
1,148  
14  
7,636  

13,670  
1,820  
2,280  
364  
68  
205  
1,315  
---  
4,507  
24,229  
20,385  
6,293  
14,092  

2.03  

2.03  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

50 

 
 
                                                                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Years ended December 31, 

$ in thousands, except per share data 
Net Income 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

17,466  

$ 

16,151   $ 

14,092  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax 
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on available for sale securities 
net of tax of $1,486 in 2019, ($595) in 2018 and $296 in 
2017 

Reclassification adjustment for gain included in net income, net 
of tax of ($119) in 2019, ($4) in 2018 and ($4) in 2017 
Transfer from held to maturity to available for sale securities, 

net of tax of $237 in 2018 

Net pension gain (loss) arising during the period, net of tax of 

($394) in 2019, ($249) in 2018 and $115 in 2017 

Less amortization of prior service cost included in net periodic 
pension cost, net of tax of ($23) in 2019, ($24) in 2018 and 
($38) in 2017 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax of $950 in 2019, 

($635) in 2018 and $369 in 2017 

Total Comprehensive Income 

5,595  

(2,246 ) 

(447 ) 

---  

(1,482 ) 

(13 ) 

891  

(936 ) 

(87 ) 

(86 ) 

546  

(6 ) 

---  

213  

(71 ) 

$ 

3,579  
21,045  

$ 

(2,390 ) 
13,761   $ 

682  
14,774  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity  

$ in thousands, except per share data 
Balance at December 31, 2016 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax of $369 
Cash dividend ($1.17 per share) 
Reclassification of stranded tax effects from change in 

tax rate 

Balance at December 31, 2017 
Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax of ($635) 
Cash dividend ($1.21 per share) 
Balance at December 31, 2018 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax of $950 
Cash dividend ($1.39 per share) 
Stock repurchase (468,400 shares) 
Balance at December 31, 2019 

Common Stock 

  Retained Earnings   

  Accumulated Other 

Comprehensive (Loss)   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

8,698   $ 
---  
---  
---  

---  
8,698   $ 
---  
---  
---  
8,698   $ 
---  
---  
---  
(586 ) 
8,112   $ 

178,224    $ 

14,092  
---  
(8,141 ) 

1,718  
185,893    $ 

16,151  
---  
(8,419 ) 
193,625    $ 

17,466  
---  
(9,032 ) 
(17,939 ) 
184,120    $ 

(8,659 )   $ 
---    
682    
---    

(1,718 )  
(9,695 )   $ 
---    
(2,390 )  
---    
(12,085 )   $ 
---    
3,579    
---    

(8,506 )   $ 

Total 
178,263  
14,092  
682  
(8,141 ) 

---  
184,896  
16,151  
(2,390 ) 
(8,419 ) 
190,238  
17,466  
3,579  
(9,032 ) 
(18,525 ) 
183,726  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

$ in thousands 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities 
Net income 
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

Years ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

17,466   $ 

16,151   $ 

14,092  

activities: 
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses 
  Deferred income tax expense (benefit) 
  Re-valuation of deferred tax assets 
  Depreciation of premises and equipment 
  Amortization of intangibles 
  Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, net 

Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets 

  Gain on calls and sales of securities available for sale, net 
  Gain on calls of securities held to maturity, net 
Loss and write-down on other real estate owned 
Loss (gain) on sale of repossessed assets 
Income on investment in BOLI 

  Gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale 
  Origination of mortgage loans held for sale 

Sale of mortgage loans held for sale 
  Contribution to defined benefit plan 
Net change in: 

Accrued interest receivable 
Other assets 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 
Net change in interest-bearing deposits 
Proceeds from repayments of mortgage-backed securities  
Proceeds from calls, sales and maturities of securities available for sale 
Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities held to maturity 
Purchases of securities available for sale 
Purchases of securities held to maturity 
Net change in restricted stock 
Purchase of BOLI 
Purchases of loan participations 
Collections of loan participations 
Loan originations and principal collections, net 
Proceeds from disposal of other real estate owned 
Proceeds from disposal of repossessed assets 
Recoveries on loans charged off 
Additions to premises and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities 

52 

126  
529  
---  
739  
---  
212  
5  
(566 ) 
---  
5  
4  
(910 ) 
(297 ) 
(21,032 ) 
20,496  
---  

875  
(1,340 ) 
55  
2,465  
18,832  

(33,390 ) 
1,089  
348,032  
---  
(352,505 ) 
---  
---  
---  
(673 ) 
4,262  
(28,388 ) 
591  
53  
267  
(1,032 ) 
16  
(61,678 ) 

(81 ) 
(382 ) 
---  
766  
50  
58  
---  
(17 ) 
---  
489  
8  
(901 ) 
(199 ) 
(12,626 ) 
13,013  
---  

137  
2,899  
27  
404  
19,796  

7,742  
224  
50,438  
6,430  
(25,323 ) 
---  
(20 ) 
---  
(7,853 ) 
970  
(35,591 ) 
276  
34  
235  
(1,191 ) 
---  
(3,629 ) 

157  
1,790  
1,560  
805  
68  
58  
(134 ) 
(10 ) 
(4 ) 
125  
(1 ) 
(758 ) 
(211 ) 
(13,912 ) 
14,341  
(4,507 ) 

(37 ) 
(2,537 ) 
7  
101  
10,993  

29,035  
298  
13,812  
8,975  
(40,290 ) 
(1,319 ) 
(30 ) 
(10,000 ) 
(7,395 ) 
2,113  
(15,981 ) 
311  
31  
287  
(261 ) 
222  
(20,192 ) 
(continued ) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities 
Net change in time deposits 
Net change in other deposits 
Cash dividends paid 
Shares repurchased 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Net change in cash and due from banks 
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year 
Cash and due from banks at end of year 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information 
Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds 
Income taxes paid 

Supplemental Disclosures of Noncash Activities 
Loans charged against the allowance for loan losses 
Loans transferred to other real estate owned 
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale 
Unrealized net gain on securities transferred from HTM to AFS 
Fair value of securities transferred from held to maturity to available for 

sale 

Minimum pension liability adjustment  
Increase in the lease right-of-use asset upon adoption of ASU 2016-02 
Increase in the lease liability upon adoption of ASU 2016-02 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

26,229  
41,582  
(9,032 ) 
(18,525 ) 
40,254  

(13,085 ) 
5,293  
(8,419 ) 
---  
(16,211 ) 

(15,730 ) 
32,022  
(8,141 ) 
---  
8,151  

(2,592 ) 
12,882  
10,290   $ 

(44 ) 
12,926  
12,882   $ 

(1,048 ) 
13,974  
12,926  

7,325   $ 
2,544  

5,020   $ 
1,778  

4,118  
4,092  

920   $ 
156  
6,515  
---  

---  
(1,986 ) 
684  
684  

689   $ 
---  
(2,858 ) 
1,128  

119,790  
(1,295 ) 
---  
---  

819  
97  
832  
---  

---  
219  
---  
---  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

53 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
$ in thousands, except per share data.  

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts  of National Bankshares, Inc.  and its  wholly-owned subsidiaries, the 
National Bank of Blacksburg, and National Bankshares Financial Services, Inc. All intercompany balances and transactions have been 
eliminated in consolidation.  

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to GAAP and to general practices within the banking industry. The 

following is a summary of significant accounting policies. 

Subsequent events have been considered through the date of this Form 10-K. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from banks. 

Interest-Bearing Deposits 

The Company invests over-night funds in interest-bearing deposits at other banks, including the FHLB, the Federal Reserve and 

other entities. Interest-bearing deposits are carried at cost. 

Securities 

Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity may be classified as “held to maturity” 
and recorded at amortized cost. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings. Securities 
not classified as held to maturity or trading, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and 
losses  excluded  from  earnings  and  reported  in  other  comprehensive  income.  The  Company  uses  the  interest  method  to  recognize 
purchase premiums and discounts in interest income over the term of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded 
on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. 

During 2018, the Company’s held to maturity securities were re-designated as available for sale.  At the time of the transfer, the re-
designated securities had a fair value of $119,790 and an unrealized net gain of $1,128.  The unrealized gain/loss on the re-designated 
securities is included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of deferred tax.   

The Company follows the accounting guidance related to recognition and presentation of OTTI. The guidance specifies that if (a) 
an entity does not have the intent to sell a debt security prior to recovery and (b) it is more likely than not that the entity will not have to 
sell the debt security prior to recovery, the security would not be considered other-than-temporarily impaired, unless there is a credit 
loss. When criteria (a) and (b) are met, the entity will recognize the credit component of an OTTI of a debt security in earnings and the 
remaining  portion  in  other  comprehensive  income.  For  held  to  maturity  debt  securities,  the  amount  of  an  OTTI  recorded  in  other 
comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous OTTI is amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security 
on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security. 

Equity securities with readily-determinable fair values are measured at fair value using the “exit price notion”.  Changes in fair 
value are recognized in net income.  Equity securities without readily-determinable fair values are recorded as other assets at cost less 
impairment, if any, and adjusted for changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar 
investment of the same issuer.  

Loans Held for Sale 

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value on an individual 
loan basis. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. The Company releases 
mortgage servicing rights when loans are sold on the secondary market. 

Loans 

The Company, through its banking subsidiary, provides mortgage, commercial, and consumer loans to customers. A substantial 
portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans, particularly commercial mortgages. The ability of the Company’s debtors 
to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in the Company’s market area. 

The  Company’s  loans  are  grouped  into  six  segments:  real  estate  construction,  consumer  real  estate,  commercial  real  estate, 
commercial non-real estate, public sector and IDA, and consumer non-real estate. Each segment is subject to certain risks that influence 
pricing, loan structures, approval requirements, reserves, and ongoing credit management.   

Real  estate  construction  loans  are  subject  to  general  risks  from  changing  commercial  building  and  housing  market  trends  and 
economic conditions that may impact demand for completed properties and the costs of completion.  Completed properties that do not 
sell or become leased  within originally expected timeframes may impact the borrower’s ability to service the debt.  These risks are 
measured by market-area unemployment rates, bankruptcy rates, housing and commercial building market trends, and interest rates. 
Risks specific to the borrower are also evaluated, including previous repayment history, debt service ability, and current and projected 
loan-to value ratios for the collateral. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The credit quality of consumer real estate is subject to risks associated with the borrower’s repayment ability and collateral value, 
measured generally by analyzing local unemployment and bankruptcy trends, and local housing market trends and interest rates. Risks 
specific to a borrower are determined by previous repayment history, loan-to-value ratios and debt-to-income ratios.  

The commercial real estate segment includes loans secured by multifamily residential real estate, commercial real estate occupied 
by the owner/borrower, and commercial real estate leased to non-owners. Loans in the commercial real estate segment are impacted by 
economic  risks  from  changing  commercial  real  estate  markets,  rental  markets  for  multi-family  housing  and  commercial  buildings, 
business bankruptcy rates, local unemployment rates and interest rate trends that would impact the businesses housed by the commercial 
real estate.   

Commercial non-real estate loans are secured by collateral other than real estate, or are unsecured. Credit risk for commercial non-
real estate loans is subject to economic conditions, generally monitored by local business bankruptcy trends, interest rates, borrower 
repayment ability and collateral value (if secured). 

Public sector and IDA loans are extended to municipalities and related entities. Credit risk is based upon the entity’s ability to repay 
through either a direct obligation or assignment of specific revenues from an enterprise or other economic activity, and interest rate 
trends. 

Consumer non-real estate includes credit cards, automobile and other consumer loans. Credit cards and certain other consumer loans 
are  unsecured,  while  collateral  is  obtained  for  automobile  loans  and  other  consumer  loans.  Credit  risk  stems  primarily  from  the 
borrower’s ability to repay.  If the loan is secured, the company analyzes loan-to-value ratios. All consumer non-real estate loans are 
analyzed  for  debt-to-income  ratios  and  previous  credit  history,  as  well  as  for  general  risks  for  the  portfolio,  including  local 
unemployment rates, personal bankruptcy rates and interest rates. 

Risks from delinquency trends and characteristics such as second-lien position and interest-only status, as well as historical charge-

off rates, are analyzed for all segments.  

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, generally are reported 
at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for the allowance for loan losses, any purchase premium or discount, unearned 
income and deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Unearned income on dealer-originated 
loans and loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan 
yield using the interest method. Purchase premium or discount is recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest 
method. 

The Company considers multiple factors when determining whether to discontinue accrual of interest on individual loans.  Generally 
loans  are  placed  in  nonaccrual  status  when  collection  of  interest  and/or  full  principal  is  considered  doubtful.    Interest  accrual  is 
discontinued at the time a commercial real estate loan or commercial non-real estate loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well 
secured  and  in  the  process  of  collection.    Loans  within  all  loan  classes  that  are  not  restructured  but  that  are  impaired  and  have  an 
associated  impairment  loss  are  placed  on  nonaccrual.    Restructured  loans  within  all  classes  that  allow  the  borrower  to  discontinue 
payments of principal or interest for more than 90 days are placed on nonaccrual unless the modification provides reasonable assurance 
of repayment performance and collateral value supports regular underwriting requirements. Restructured loans within all classes that 
maintain current status for at least a six-month period, including history prior to restructuring, may be returned to accrual status.   

All interest accrued but not collected for loans of all classes that are placed on nonaccrual or for loans charged off is reversed against 
interest income. Any interest payments received on nonaccrual loans of all classes are credited to the principal balance of the loan. Loans 
of all classes that have not been restructured and that have been designated nonaccrual are returned to accrual status when all the principal 
and interest amounts contractually due are current; future payments are reasonably assured; and for loans that financed the sale of OREO 
property, loan-to-value thresholds are met. Loans that have been restructured that have been designated nonaccrual may return to accrual 
status  after  six  months  of  timely  repayment  performance.    The  Company  reviews  nonaccrual  loans  on  an  individual  loan  basis  to 
determine whether future payments are reasonably assured.  In order for this criteria to be satisfied, the Company’s evaluation must 
determine that the underlying cause of the original delinquency or weakness that indicated nonaccrual status has been resolved, such as 
receipt of new guarantees, increased cash flows that cover the debt service or other resolution.  

A loan is considered past due when a payment of principal and/or interest is due but not paid.  Credit card payments not received 
within 30 days after the statement date, real estate loan payments not received within the payment cycle and all other non-real estate 
secured loans for which payment is not made within the required payment cycle are considered 30 days past due.  Management closely 
monitors past due loans in timeframes of 30-89 days past due and 90 or more days past due. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio. A 
provision for estimated losses is charged to earnings to establish and maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level reflective of the 
estimated credit risk. When management determines that a loan balance or portion of a loan balance is not collectible, the loss is charged 
against the allowance. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. 
  Management evaluates the allowance each quarter through a methodology that estimates losses on individual impaired loans and 
evaluates the effect of numerous factors on the credit risk of groups of homogeneous loans. 

Specific allowances are established for individually-evaluated impaired loans based on the excess of the loan balance relative to the 
fair value of the loan. Impaired loans are designated as such when current information indicates that it is probable that the Company 
will be unable to collect principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loan relationships 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exceeding $250 in nonaccrual status or that are significantly past due, or for which a credit review identified weaknesses that indicate 
principal  and  interest  will  not  be  collected  according  to  the  loan  terms,  as  well  as  TDRs,  are  designated  impaired.    This  policy  is 
applicable to all loan classes. 

Fair value of impaired loans is estimated in one of three ways: (1) the estimated fair value (less selling costs) of the underlying 
collateral, (2) the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, or (3) the loan’s observable  market  value.  The amount of 
recorded investment (unpaid principal net of any interest payments made by the borrower during the nonaccrual period and net of any 
partial charge-offs, accrued interest and deferred fees and costs) in a non-collateral dependent impaired loan that exceeds the fair value 
is  accrued  as  estimated  loss  in  the  allowance.  Impaired  loans  for  which  collection  of  interest  or  principal  is  in  doubt  are  placed  in 
nonaccrual status. For collateral-dependent impaired loans, the amount of recorded investment that exceeds the fair value is charged off. 
General allowances are established for collectively evaluated loans. Collectively evaluated loans are grouped into classes based on 
similar  characteristics.  Factors  considered  in  determining  general  allowances  include  net  charge-off  trends,  internal  risk  ratings, 
delinquency and nonperforming rates, product mix, underwriting practices, industry trends and economic trends. 

The Company’s charge-off policy meets or is more stringent than the minimum standards required by regulators.  When available 
information confirms that a specific loan or a portion thereof, within any loan class, is uncollectible the amount is charged off against 
the allowance for loan losses. Additionally, losses on consumer real estate and consumer non-real estate loans are typically charged off 
no later than when the loans are 120-180 days past due, and losses on loans secured by residential real estate or by commercial real 
estate are charged off by the time the loans reach 180 days past due, in compliance with regulatory guidelines. Accordingly, secured 
loans may be charged down to the estimated value of the collateral, with previously accrued unpaid interest reversed. Subsequent charge-
offs may be required as a result of changes in the market value of collateral or other repayment prospects. 

Troubled Debt Restructurings 

In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition, management grants a concession to 

the borrower that it would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified a TDR.  These modified terms may include reduction 
of the interest rate, extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, 
forgiveness of principal or accrued interest or other actions intended to minimize the economic loss.  TDR loans are individually 
measured for impairment. TDRs may be removed from TDR status, and therefore from individual evaluation, if the restructuring 
agreement specifies a contractual interest rate that is a market interest rate at the time of restructuring and the loan is in compliance 
with its modified terms one year after the restructure was completed. 

Rate Lock Commitments 

The Company enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans in which the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to 
funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. 
The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 30 to 60 days. The 
Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, by committing to 
sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan. 
As a result, the Company is not exposed to losses nor will it realize significant gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes 
in interest rates. The correlation between the rate lock commitments and the best efforts contracts is very high due to their similarity. 

The market value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts is not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock 
commitments and best effort contracts are not actively traded in stand-alone markets. The Company determines the fair value of rate 
lock  commitments  and  best  efforts  contracts  by  measuring  the  changes  in  the  value  of  the  underlying  assets  while  taking  into 
consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will close. Because of the high correlation between rate lock commitments 
and best efforts contracts, no gain or loss occurs on the rate lock commitments.   

Premises and Equipment 

Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are  stated  at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to 
expense over the estimated useful lives of the assets on the straight-line basis. Depreciable lives include 40 years for premises, 3-10 
years  for  furniture  and  equipment,  and  3  years  for  computer  software.  Costs  of  maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  expense  as 
incurred and improvements are capitalized. 

Other Real Estate Owned 

Real estate acquired through or in lieu of foreclosure is held for sale and is initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell 
at the date of foreclosure, establishing the cost basis of the asset. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by 
management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Revenue and expenses 
from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expenses. 

Goodwill 

The Company records as goodwill the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill 
is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair value based test. The Company performs its annual analysis 
as of September 30 of each fiscal year. Accounting guidance permits preliminary assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
more  substantial  impairment  testing  is  required.  The  Company  chose  to  bypass  the  preliminary  assessment  and  utilized  a  two-step 
process  for  impairment  testing  of  goodwill.  The  first  step  tests  for  impairment,  while  the  second  step,  if  necessary,  measures  the 
impairment. 

The  Company’s  goodwill  impairment  analysis  considered  three  valuation  techniques  appropriate  to  the  measurement.  The  first 
technique uses the Company’s market capitalization as an estimate of fair value, the second technique estimates fair value using current 
market pricing multiples for companies comparable to NBI, while the third technique uses current market pricing multiples for change-
of-control  transactions  involving  companies  comparable  to  NBI.  Certain  key  judgments  were  used  in  the  valuation  measurement. 
Goodwill is held by the Company’s bank subsidiary. The bank subsidiary is 100% owned by the Company, and no market capitalization 
is available. Because most of the Company’s assets are comprised of the subsidiary bank’s equity, the Company’s market capitalization 
was used to estimate the Bank’s market capitalization. Other judgments include the assumption that the companies and transactions used 
as comparables for the second and third technique were appropriate to the estimate of the Company’s fair value, and that the comparable 
multiples are appropriate indicators of fair value, and compliant with accounting guidance. 

Each measure indicated that the Company’s fair value exceeded its book value. No indicators of impairment for goodwill were 

identified during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

The Company’s intangible assets became fully amortized during 2018.  Acquired intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) 
are recognized separately from goodwill if the benefit of the asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged, and amortized 
over its useful life. The Company amortized on a straight-line basis intangible assets arising from branch purchase transactions over 
their useful lives, determined by the Company to be 10 to 12 years. Prior to becoming fully amortized, core deposit intangibles were 
subject  to  a  recoverability  test  based  on  undiscounted  cash  flows,  and  to  the  impairment  recognition  and  measurement  provisions 
required for other long-lived assets held and used. The impairment testing showed that the expected cash flows of the intangible assets 
exceeded the carrying value. 

Pension Plan 

The Company recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its 
statement  of  financial  position  and  recognizes  changes  in  that  funded  status  in  the  year  in  which  the  changes  occur  through 
comprehensive  income.  The  funded  status  of  a  benefit  plan  is  measured  as  the  difference  between  plan  assets  at  fair  value  and  the 
projected benefit obligation.  

Income Taxes 

Income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense 
reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or 
excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the asset and liability (or balance sheet) 
method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax 
bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. 

Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are 
recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. 
The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include 
resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold 
is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized 
upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax 
position  has  met  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  considers  the  facts,  circumstances  and  information  available  at  the 
reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight 
of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted in December, 2017 with an effective date of January 1, 2018.  Among 
other things, the Tax Act lowered the federal corporate income tax rate to 21% from the maximum rate prior to the passage of the Tax 
Act of 35%.  The change to the tax rate necessitated a re-measurement of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, including those 
accounted for in accumulated other comprehensive income, as of the date of enactment.  The re-measurement in 2017 resulted in a 
$1,560 reduction in the value of the Company’s net deferred tax asset and a corresponding incremental income tax expense of $1,560. 
In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-02, 
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”).  The Company early adopted this 
new standard for 2017.  In compliance with ASU 2018-01, the Company reclassified from AOCI to retained earnings stranded tax effects 
of $1,718.  The stranded tax effects were a result of recognizing in tax expense the re-measurement impact of items that are included in 
AOCI.  

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense. 

Trust Assets and Income 

Assets (other than cash deposits) held by NBB’s Trust Department in a fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included 
in the consolidated financial statements since such items are not assets of the Company. Trust income is recognized on the accrual basis. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic earnings per common share represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number 

of common shares outstanding during the period.  

The following shows the weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per common share for the years indicated. 

Average number of common shares outstanding  

2019 

2018 

2017 

6,580,659  

6,957,974  

6,957,974  

As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, there were no potential common shares outstanding. 

Loss Contingencies 

Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business are recorded as liabilities when the 
likelihood of loss is probable and reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are such matters that will have a material 
effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

Advertising 

The Company charges advertising costs to expenses as incurred. In 2019, the Company expensed $120, and expensed $106 and 

$148 in 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company accounts for revenue associated with financial instruments, including loans and securities via the accrual method.  
The Company recognizes noninterest income when it satisfies commitments to customers. Please refer to Note 18: Revenue Recognition. 

Use of Estimates 

In  preparing  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP,  management  is  required  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and reported amounts 
of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  Material  estimates  that  are 
particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation 
of OREO, OTTI of securities, evaluation of impairment of goodwill, and pension obligations. 
  Changing  economic  conditions,  adverse  economic  prospects  for  borrowers,  as  well  as  regulatory  agency  action  as  a  result  of 
examination, could cause NBB to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses and may also affect the valuation of real estate 
acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. 

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2019 
ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” Among other things, the standard requires lessees to 
recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: (1) A lease liability, which is 
a lessee‘s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) A right-of-use asset, which 
is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, 
lessor accounting is largely unchanged. For financial reporting purposes, the standard provides for a modified retrospective transition 
approach for leases existing at, or entered into after,  the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the consolidated 
financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the 
earliest comparative period presented. Lessees and lessors may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. 

Subsequent to the issuance of ASU 2016-02, the FASB issued targeted updates to clarify specific implementation issues including 
ASU  No.  2018-01,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Land  Easement  Practical  Expedient  for  Transition  to  Topic  842,”  ASU  No.  2018-10, 
“Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases,” ASU No. 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements,” ASU No. 2018-
20,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Narrow-Scope  Improvements  for  Lessors,”  and  ASU  No.  2019-01  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Codification 
Improvements.” One of the amendments in ASU 2018-11 provides an additional (and optional) transition method. If elected, an entity 
initially applies the new leases standard at the adoption date and recognizes a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of 
retained earnings in the period of adoption. Consequently, an entity’s reporting for the comparative periods presented in the consolidated 
financial statements in  which it adopts the new leases standard will continue to be in accordance  with previous GAAP (Topic 840, 
Leases). 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upon adoption on January 1, 2019, the Company elected the prospective application approach provided by ASU 2018-11. There 
was no cumulative effect adjustment at adoption. The Company also elected certain practical expedients within the standard and did not 
reassess  whether  any  expired  or  existing  contracts  are  or  contain  leases,  did  not  reassess  the  lease  classification  for  any  expired  or 
existing leases and did not reassess any initial direct costs for existing leases. The Company evaluated its existing leases as of January 
1, 2019 and recognized a right-of-use asset and lease liability for leases with a remaining term greater than 12 months. The Company 
also recognized a right-of-use asset and lease liability for leases that commenced after January 1, 2019. 

ASU  No.  2017-08,  “Receivables  –  Nonrefundable  Fees  and  Other  Costs  (Subtopic  310-20),  Premium  Amortization  on  Purchased 
Callable Debt Securities” 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017‐08, “Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310‐20), Premium 
Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.” The amendments in this ASU shorten the amortization period for certain callable 
debt  securities  purchased  at  a  premium.  Premiums  on  qualifying  callable  debt  securities  will  be  amortized  to  the  earliest  call  date. 
Discounts  on  purchased  debt  securities  will  continue  to  be  accreted  to  maturity.  The  ASU  provided  for  adoption  on  a  modified 
retrospective basis, with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company 
adopted the ASU on January 1, 2019. Adoption did not have a material impact and no cumulative effect adjustment was recorded. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments.”  The amendments in this ASU, among other things, require the measurement of all expected credit 
losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable 
forecasts.  Financial  institutions  and  other  organizations  will  now  use  forward-looking  information  to  better  inform  their  credit  loss 
estimates. Many of the  loss estimation techniques applied today  will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques  will 
change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available for 
sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. For public business entities that meet the definition of a U.S. 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC)  filer,  excluding  smaller  reporting  companies,  the  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods in those  fiscal  years.   All other entities  will be required to apply the 
guidance  for  fiscal  years,  and  interim  periods  within  those  years,  beginning  after  December  15,  2022.    The  Company  is  currently 
assessing the impact that ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements. Management is working to ensure readiness 
and compliance with the standard and has implemented coding of the loan portfolio to enable appropriate segregation and data integrity, 
analyzed correlations for forecasting, determined methodologies, and selected a vendor to provide a platform.  Management has prepared 
multiple concurrent models using the CECL methodology and will continue to refine assumptions that impact the calculation prior to 
the effective date. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for 
Goodwill Impairment.” The amendments in this ASU simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating 
Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting 
unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Instead, under the amendments in this ASU, an entity should perform its 
annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity still has 
the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. Public 
business entities that are SEC filers should adopt the amendments in this ASU for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on 
testing  dates  after  January  1,  2017.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the  adoption  of  ASU  2017-04  to  have  a  material  impact  on  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the 
Disclosure  Requirements  for  Fair  Value  Measurement.”    The  amendments  modify  the  disclosure  requirements  in  Topic  820  to  add 
disclosures regarding changes in unrealized gains and losses, the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to 
develop Level 3 fair value measurements and the narrative description of measurement uncertainty. Certain disclosure requirements in 
Topic 820 are also removed or modified. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim 
periods  within  those  fiscal  years.    Certain  of  the  amendments  are  to  be  applied  prospectively  while  others  are  to  be  applied 
retrospectively.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2018-13 to have a material impact on 
its consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, 
Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments.”  This ASU clarifies and improves areas of guidance related 
to the recently issued standards on credit losses, hedging, and recognition and measurement including improvements resulting from 
various Transition Resource Group (TRG) Meetings.  The effective date of each of the amendments depends on the adoption date of 
ASU 2016-1, ASU 2016-03, and ASU 2017-12.    The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-04 will have on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief.”  
The  amendments  in  this  ASU  provide  entities  that  have  certain  instruments  within  the  scope  of  Subtopic  326-20  with  an  option  to 
irrevocably elect the fair value option in Subtopic 825-10, applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis for eligible instruments, upon 

59 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the adoption of Topic 326.  The fair value option election does not apply to held to maturity debt securities.  An entity that elects the 
fair value option should subsequently measure those instruments at fair value with changes in fair value flowing through earnings.  The 
effective date and transition methodology for the amendments in ASU 2019-05 are the same as in ASU 2016-13.  The Company is 
currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-05 will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2019, the FASB issued  ASU 2019-11, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments –  Credit 
Losses.”  This ASU addresses issues raised by stakeholders during the implementation of ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—
Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.”  Among other narrow-scope improvements, the 
new  ASU  clarifies  guidance  around  how  to  report  expected  recoveries.  “Expected  recoveries”  describes  a  situation  in  which  an 
organization recognizes a full or partial write-off of the amortized cost basis of a financial asset, but then later determines that the amount 
written off, or a portion of that amount, will in fact be recovered. While applying the credit losses standard, stakeholders questioned 
whether expected recoveries were permitted on assets that had already shown credit deterioration at the time of purchase (also known 
as PCD assets).  In response to this question, the ASU permits organizations to record expected recoveries on PCD assets.  In addition 
to other narrow technical improvements, the ASU also reinforces existing guidance that prohibits organizations from recording negative 
allowances for available for sale debt securities. The ASU includes effective dates and transition requirements that vary depending on 
whether or not an entity has already adopted ASU 2016-13.  The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-11 will 
have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.”  
The ASU is expected to reduce cost and complexity related to the accounting  for income taxes by removing specific exceptions  to 
general principles in Topic 740 (eliminating the need for an organization to analyze whether certain exceptions apply in a given period) 
and  improving  financial  statement  preparers’  application  of  certain  income  tax-related  guidance.  This  ASU  is  part  of  the  FASB’s 
simplification initiative to make narrow-scope simplifications and improvements to accounting standards through a series of short-term 
projects.  For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim 
periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-12 will 
have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments – Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments – Equity Method and 
Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) – Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and 
Topic 815.”  The ASU is based on a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force and is expected to increase comparability in accounting 
for these transactions.  ASU 2016-01 made targeted improvements to accounting for financial instruments, including providing an entity 
the ability to measure certain equity securities without a readily determinable fair value at cost, less any impairment, plus or minus 
changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer.  
Among other topics, the amendments clarify that an entity should consider observable transactions that require it to either apply or 
discontinue the equity method of accounting.  For public business entities, the amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not 
expect the adoption of ASU 2020-01 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

Effective  November  25,  2019,  the  SEC  adopted  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  (SAB)  119.    SAB  119  updated  portions  of  SEC 
interpretative guidance to align with FASB ASC 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses.”  It covers topics including (1) measuring 
current expected credit losses; (2) development,  governance, and documentation of a systematic  methodology; (3) documenting the 
results of a systematic methodology; and (4) validating a systematic methodology. 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-14,  “Compensation—Retirement  Benefits—Defined  Benefit  Plans—General 
(Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans.”  These amendments 
modify the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. Certain disclosure 
requirements have been deleted while the following disclosure requirements have been added: the weighted-average interest crediting 
rates for cash balance plans and other plans with promised interest crediting rates and an explanation of the reasons for significant gains 
and  losses  related  to  changes  in  the  benefit  obligation  for  the  period.  The  amendments  also  clarify  the  disclosure  requirements  in 
paragraph 715-20-50-3, which state that the following information for defined benefit pension plans should be disclosed: The projected 
benefit obligation (PBO) and fair value of plan assets for plans with PBOs in excess of plan assets and the accumulated benefit obligation 
(ABO) and fair value of plan assets for plans with ABOs in excess of plan assets. The amendments are effective for fiscal years ending 
after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted.  The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2018-14 to have a material 
impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

Note 2: Restriction on Cash 

The Company’s subsidiary bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve does not require member banks 

to hold an average balance in order to purchase services from the Federal Reserve. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3: Securities  
  The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale, with gross unrealized gains and losses, as of the dates indicated, 
follows: 

Available for sale: 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
States and political subdivisions 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Corporate debt securities 

Total securities available for sale 

Amortized 
Cost 

$ 

$ 

119,903  
88,092  
223,173  
3,998  
435,166  

$ 

$ 

December 31, 2019 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair Value 

1,995   $ 
791  
45  
120  
2,951   $ 

775   $ 
644  
1,435  
---  
2,854   $ 

121,123  
88,239  
221,783  
4,118  
435,263  

Available for sale: 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
States and political subdivisions 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Corporate debt securities 

  $ 

Total securities available for sale 

  $ 

Amortized 
Cost 

306,264   $ 
118,564  
586  
6,014  
431,428   $ 

December 31, 2018 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

449   $ 

1,218  
42  
---  
1,709   $ 

6,666   $ 
1,166  
---  
295  
8,127   $ 

Fair Value 

300,047  
118,616  
628  
5,719  
425,010  

Prior to the second quarter of 2018, the Company designated securities in its portfolio as either available for sale or held to maturity. 
During the second quarter of 2018, the Company re-designated all of its held to maturity securities to available for sale. The securities 
were  re-designated  to  provide  opportunities  to  maximize  asset  utilization.  At  the  time  of  transfer,  the  securities  had  a  fair  value  of 
$119,790  and  an  amortized  cost  of  $118,662,  resulting  in  an  unrealized  gain  of  $1,128  which  was  added  to  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income at the date of re-designation. 

The amortized cost and fair value of single maturity securities available for sale at December 31, 2019, by contractual maturity, are 
shown  below.  Expected  maturities  may  differ  from  contractual  maturities  because  borrowers  may  have  the  right  to  call  or  prepay 
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Mortgage-backed securities included in these totals are categorized by final 
maturity at December 31, 2019. 

Available for sale: 

Amortized Cost 

Fair Value 

December 31, 2019 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Total securities available for sale 

  $ 

  $ 

55,186   $ 
6,342  
145,040  
228,598  
435,166   $ 

55,302  
6,505  
144,260  
229,196  
435,263  

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2019 and 2018 aggregated by investment category 

and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows: 

December 31, 2019 

Less Than 12 Months 

12 Months or More 

Fair  
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair  
Value 

Unrealized  
Loss 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
State and political subdivisions 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Total temporarily impaired securities  

  $ 

  $ 

53,244   $ 
35,934    
181,279    
270,457   $ 

738   $ 
596  
1,435  
2,769   $ 

38,962   $ 
591    
---    

39,553   $ 

37  
48  
---  
85  

December 31, 2018 

Less Than 12 Months 

12 Months or More 

Fair  
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair  
Value 

Unrealized  
Loss 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations 
State and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 
Total temporarily impaired securities  

  $ 

  $ 

17,730   $ 
16,882    
4,842    
39,454   $ 

216   $  259,992   $ 
352  
194  
762   $  281,626   $ 

20,758    
876    

6,450  
814  
101  
7,365  

The Company had 166 securities with a fair value of $310,010 that were temporarily impaired at December 31, 2019.  The 

total unrealized loss on these securities was $2,854. Of the temporarily impaired total, 40 securities with a fair value of $39,553 and an 
unrealized loss of $85 have been in a continuous loss position for 12 months or more. The Company has determined that these 
securities are temporarily impaired at December 31, 2019 for the reasons set out below. 

U.S. Government agencies. The unrealized losses of $37 on U.S. Government agency securities stemmed from 39 securities with a 
fair  value  of  $38,962.    The  unrealized  losses  were  caused  by  interest  rate  and  market  fluctuations.  The  contractual  terms  of  the 
investments  do  not  permit  the  issuer  to  settle  the  securities  at  a  price  less  than  the  cost  basis  of  the  investments.  The  Company  is 
monitoring bond  market trends to develop strategies to address unrealized losses. Because the Company does not intend to sell the 
investments and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, 
which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider this investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired. 

States  and  political  subdivisions.  This  category  exhibits  unrealized  losses  of  $48  on  1  security  with  a  fair  value  of  $591.  The 
Company reviewed financial statements and cash flows for the security and determined that the unrealized loss is primarily the result of 
interest rate and market fluctuations and not associated with impaired financial status. The contractual terms of the investment do not 
permit the issuer to settle the security at a price less than the cost basis of the investment. Because the Company does not intend to sell 
the investment and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis, 
which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider the investment to be other-than-temporarily impaired. 

Restricted stock. The Company holds restricted stock of $1,220 as of December 31, 2019 and as of December 31, 2018.  Restricted 
stock is reported separately from available for sale securities and held to maturity securities. As a member of the Federal Reserve and 
the  FHLB,  NBB  is  required  to  maintain  certain  minimum  investments  in  the  common  stock  of  those  entities.  Required  levels  of 
investment are based upon NBB’s capital and a percentage of qualifying assets. The Company purchases stock from or sells stock back 
to the correspondents based on their calculations. The stock is held by member institutions only and is not actively traded.   

Redemption of FHLB stock is subject to certain limitations and conditions. At its discretion, the FHLB may declare dividends on 
the stock. In addition to dividends, NBB also benefits from its membership with FHLB through eligibility to borrow from the FHLB, 
using as collateral NBB’s capital stock investment in the FHLB and qualifying NBB real estate mortgage loans totaling $533,963 at 
December 31, 2019.  Management reviews for impairment based upon the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis of the FHLB stock, 
and at December 31, 2019, management did not determine any impairment. 
  Management regularly monitors the credit quality of the investment portfolio. Changes in ratings are noted and follow-up research 
on the issuer is undertaken when warranted. Management intends to carefully monitor any changes in bond quality.  

Pledged Securities 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, securities with a carrying value of $220,299 and $196,062, respectively, were pledged to secure 

municipal deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized Securities Gains and Losses  

During 2019, the Company realized net securities gains of $566, including net gains of $438 on the sale of securities and $128 on 
calls of securities.  The sales of securities  were pursuant to a restructuring plan to  manage interest rate risk.  During 2018, the $17 
realized securities gain stemmed from the call of one security with a gain of $1 and the sale of another security for a gain of $16.  During 
2017, the Company sold a small investment in community bank stock that resulted in a gain of $4.  The investment was classified as 
available for sale and had a book value of $189.  All other net realized gains resulted from calls of securities. Information pertaining to 
realized gains and losses on sold and called securities follows: 

For the year ended December 31, 2019 

Available for sale 

  $ 

348,032  $ 

347,466  $ 

Proceeds 

Book Value 

  Gross Gain 

  Gross Loss    
591  $ 

1,157 $ 

Net Gain  

566  

Available for sale 
Held to maturity 

Available for sale 
Held to maturity 

  $ 

  $ 

Proceeds 

Book Value 

  Gross Gain 

  Gross Loss 

Net Gain  

For the year ended December 31, 2018 

17,287  $ 
6,430  

17,270  $ 
6,430  

17 $ 
---  

---  $ 
---  

For the year ended December 31, 2017 

Proceeds 

Book Value 

  Gross Gain 

Net Gain  

13,620  $ 
8,975  

13,614  $ 
8,971  

  Gross Loss    
---  $ 
---  

10 $ 
4  

17  
---  

10  
4  

Note 4: Related Party Transactions 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company, through its banking subsidiary, has granted loans to related parties, including 
executive officers and directors of NBI and its subsidiaries. Total funded credit extended to related parties amounted to $15,098  at 
December 31, 2019 and $18,700 at December 31, 2018. During 2019, there was a change in related party relationships that resulted in 
removal of loans with funded amounts at December 31, 2018 of $3,382. During 2018, there was a change in related party relationships 
that resulted in the removal of loans with funded amounts at December 31, 2017 of $782.  During 2019, total principal additions were 
$6,152 and principal payments were $6,372. The Company held $5,907 in deposits for related parties as of December 31, 2019 and 
$6,911 as of December 31, 2018. The Company leases to a director a small office space.  The lease payments totaled $5 in 2019 and $5 
in 2018. 

Note 5: Allowance for Loan Losses, Nonperforming Assets and Impaired Loans 

The allowance for loan losses methodology incorporates individual evaluation of impaired loans and collective evaluation of groups 
of non-impaired loans. The Company performs ongoing analysis of the loan portfolio to determine credit quality and to identify impaired 
loans. Credit quality is rated based on the loan’s payment history, the borrower’s current financial situation and value of the underlying 
collateral. 

Impaired Loans 

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that 
all amounts will not be collected when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans are those loans that 
have been modified in a TDR and larger, usually non-homogeneous loans that are in nonaccrual or exhibit payment history or financial 
status that indicate that collection probably will not occur when due according to the loan’s terms. Generally, impaired loans are given 
risk ratings that indicate higher risk, such as “classified” or “special mention.” Impaired loans are individually evaluated to determine 
appropriate reserves and are measured at the lower of the invested amount or the fair value. Impaired loans that are not TDRs and for 
which fair value measurement indicates an impairment loss are designated nonaccrual. A TDR that maintains current status for at least 
six months may be in accrual status.  Please refer to Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information on 
evaluation of impaired loans and associated specific reserves, and policies regarding nonaccruals, past due status and charge-offs. 

TDRs impact the estimation of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. If the restructuring included forgiveness of a 
portion of principal or accrued interest, the charge-off is included in the historical charge-off rates applied to the collective evaluation 
methodology.  Restructured loans are individually evaluated for impairment, and the amount of a TDR’s book value in excess of its fair 
value is accrued as a specific allocation in the allowance for loan losses. If a TDR loan payment exceeds 90 days past due, it is examined 
to  determine  whether  the  late  payment  indicates  collateral  dependency  or  cash  flows  below  those  that  were  used  in  the  fair  value 
measurement.  TDRs,  as  well  as  all  impaired  loans,  that  are  determined  to  be  collateral  dependent  are  charged  down  to  fair  value. 
Deficiencies indicated by impairment measurements for TDRs that are not collateral dependent may be accrued in the allowance for 
loan losses or charged off if deemed uncollectible. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collectively Evaluated Loans  

The  Company  evaluated  characteristics  in  the  loan  portfolio  and  determined  major  segments  and  smaller  classes  within  each 
segment.  These  characteristics  include  collateral  type,  repayment  sources,  and  (if  applicable)  the  borrower’s  business  model.  The 
methodology for calculating reserves for collectively evaluated loans is applied at the class level. 

Portfolio Segments and Classes 

The segments and classes used in determining the allowance for loan losses are as follows. 

Real Estate Construction 

Construction, residential 
Construction, other 

Consumer Real Estate  
Equity lines 
Residential closed-end first liens 
Residential closed-end junior liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

Commercial Real Estate 

Multifamily real estate 
Commercial real estate, owner-occupied 
Commercial real estate, other 

Commercial Non-Real Estate 

Commercial and Industrial 

Public Sector and IDA 

Public sector and IDA 

Consumer Non-Real Estate 
Credit cards 
Automobile 
Other consumer loans 

Historical Loss Rates 

The Company’s allowance methodology for collectively evaluated loans applies historical loss rates by class to current class 
balances as part of the process of determining required reserves. Class loss rates are calculated as the net charge-offs for the class as a 
percentage of average class balance. The Company averages loss rates for the most recent eight quarters to determine the historical loss 
rate for each class. 

Two loss rates for each class are calculated: total net charge-offs for the class as a percentage of average class loan balance 
(“class loss rate”), and total net charge-offs for the class as a percentage of average classified loans in the class (“classified loss rate”). 
Classified  loans  are  those  with  risk  ratings  of  “substandard”  or  lower.  Net  charge-offs  in  both  calculations  include  charge-offs  and 
recoveries of classified and non-classified loans as well as those associated with impaired loans. Class historical loss rates are applied 
to non-classified loan balances at the reporting date, and classified historical loss rates are applied to classified balances at the reporting 
date.  

Risk Factors 

In addition to historical loss rates, risk factors pertinent to credit risk for each class are analyzed to estimate reserves for collectively 
evaluated loans. Factors include changes in national and local economic and business conditions, the nature and volume of classes within 
the portfolio, loan quality, loan officers’ experience, lending policies and the Company’s loan review system.  

The analysis of certain factors results in standard allocations to all segments and classes. These factors include the risk from changes 
in lending policies, loan officers’ average years of experience, unemployment levels, bankruptcy rates, interest rate environment, and 
competition/legal/regulatory  environments.  Factors  analyzed  for  each  class,  with  resultant  allocations  based  upon  the  level  of  risk 
assessed for each class, include the risk from changes in loan review, levels of past due loans, levels of nonaccrual loans, current class 
balance  as  a  percentage  of  total  loans,  and  the  percentage  of  high  risk  loans  within  the  class.  Additionally,  factors  specific  to  each 
segment are analyzed and result in allocations to the segment. Please refer to Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for a 
discussion of risk factors pertinent to each class. 

Real  estate  construction  loans  are  subject  to  general  risks  from  changing  commercial  building  and  housing  market  trends  and 
economic conditions that may impact demand for completed properties and the costs of completion. These risks are measured by market-
area unemployment rates, bankruptcy rates, building market trends, and interest rates. 

The credit quality of consumer real estate is subject to risks associated with the borrower’s repayment ability and collateral value, 

measured generally by analyzing local unemployment and bankruptcy trends, local housing market trends, and interest rates.  

The commercial real estate segment includes loans secured by multifamily residential real estate, commercial real estate occupied 
by the owner/borrower, and commercial real estate leased to non-owners. Loans in the commercial real estate segment are impacted by 
economic  risks  from  changing  commercial  real  estate  markets,  rental  markets  for  multi-family  housing  and  commercial  buildings, 
business bankruptcy rates, local unemployment and interest rate trends that would impact the businesses housed by the commercial real 
estate.  

Commercial non-real estate loans are secured by collateral other than real estate, or are unsecured. Credit risk for commercial non-

real estate loans is subject to economic conditions, generally monitored by local business bankruptcy trends, and interest rates.  

Public sector and IDA loans are extended to municipalities and related entities. Credit risk is based upon the entity’s ability to repay 

and interest rate trends. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer non-real estate includes credit cards, automobile and other consumer loans. Credit cards and certain other consumer loans 
are  unsecured,  while  collateral  is  obtained  for  automobile  loans  and  other  consumer  loans.  Credit  risk  stems  primarily  from  the 
borrower’s ability to repay, measured by average unemployment, average personal bankruptcy rates and interest rates. 

Factor allocations applied to each class are increased for loans rated special mention and increased to a greater extent for loans rated 
classified. The Company allocates additional reserves for “high risk” loans. High risk loans include junior liens, interest only and high 
loan to value loans. 

A detailed analysis showing the allowance roll-forward by portfolio segment and related loan balance by segment follows: 

Activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses by Segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 

Real Estate 
Construction  

Consumer 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Public 
Sector and 
IDA 

Consumer 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Unallocated 

Total 

Balance, December 31, 2018  $ 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 

398   $ 
---  
---  

2,049   $ 
(192 )   
---  

2,798   $ 
(150 ) 
49  

602    $ 
(47 ) 
1   

583   $ 
---  
---  

750   $ 
(531 ) 
217  

210   $  7,390  
(920 ) 
267  

---  
---  

Provision for (recovery of) 

loan losses 

Balance, December 31, 2019  $ 

2  
400   $ 

38  
1,895   $ 

(138 ) 
2,559   $ 

) 
(1 
555    $ 

(105 ) 
478   $ 

214  
650   $ 

116 
126  
326   $  6,863  

Activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses by Segment for the year ended December 31, 2018 

Real Estate 
Construction  

Consumer 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Public 
Sector and 
IDA 

Consumer 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Unallocated 

Total 

Balance, December 31, 2017  $ 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 

337   $ 
---  
---  

2,027   $ 
(38 )   
3  

3,044   $ 
---  
49  

1,072    $ 
(107 ) 
22   

419   $ 
---  
---  

707   $ 
(544 ) 
161  

319   $  7,925  
(689 ) 
235  

---  
---  

Provision for (recovery of) 

loan losses 

Balance, December 31, 2018  $ 

61  
398   $ 

57  
2,049   $ 

(295 ) 
2,798   $ 

(385 
) 
602    $ 

164  
583   $ 

426  
750   $ 

(109 
(81 ) 
) 
210   $  7,390  

Activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses by Segment for the year ended December 31, 2017 

Real Estate 
Construction  

Consumer 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Public 
Sector and 
IDA 

Consumer 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Unallocated 

Total 

Balance, December 31, 2016  $ 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provision for (recovery of) 

loan losses 

Balance, December 31, 2017  $ 

438   $ 
---  
---  

1,830   $ 
(146 )   
1  

3,738   $ 
(139 ) 
131  

1,063    $ 
(82 ) 
23   

(101 ) 
337   $ 

342  
2,027   $ 

(686 ) 
3,044   $ 

68 
1,072    $ 

330   $ 
---  
---  

89  
419   $ 

644   $ 
(452 ) 
132  

383  
707   $ 

257   $  8,300  
(819 ) 
---  
287  
---  

62 
157  
319   $  7,925  

Allowance for Loan Losses by Segment and Evaluation Method as of  
December 31, 2019 

Real Estate 
Construction  

Consumer 
Real Estate  

Commercial 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Public 
Sector and 
IDA 

Consumer Non-
Real Estate 

  Unallocated 

Total 

$ 

--- 

  $ 

2   $ 

---  

$ 

108 

$ 

--- 

$ 

--- 

  $ 

--- 

  $ 

110  

400  

1,893  

2,559  

447 
555    $ 

478  

650  

478  

$ 

650   $ 

326 
326   $ 

6,753  

6,863  

Individually evaluated 
for impairment 

Collectively evaluated 
loans 

Total 

$ 

400   $ 

1,895   $ 

2,559   $ 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loans by Segment and Evaluation Method as of 
December 31, 2019 

Real Estate 
Construction  

Consumer 
Real Estate  

Commercial 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Public 
Sector and 
IDA 

Consumer Non-
Real Estate 

  Unallocated 

Total 

Individually evaluated 
for impairment 

Collectively evaluated 
loans 

Total 

$ 

$ 

--- 

  $ 

759   $ 

3,608  

$ 

918 

$ 

--- 

$ 

4 

  $ 

--- 

  $ 

5,289  

  180,713  

42,303  
  63,764  
42,303   $  181,472   $  365,373   $  46,576    $  63,764  

  361,765  

  45,658 

34,535  

$ 

34,539   $ 

--- 
728,738  
---   $  734,027  

Allowance for Loan Losses by Segment and Evaluation Method as of  
December 31, 2018 

Real Estate 
Construction  

Consumer 
Real Estate  

Commercial 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Public 
Sector and 
IDA 

Consumer Non-
Real Estate 

  Unallocated 

Total 

$ 

--- 

  $ 

4   $ 

---  

$ 

135 

$ 

--- 

$ 

--- 

  $ 

--- 

  $ 

139  

Individually evaluated 
for impairment 

Collectively evaluated 
loans 

Total 

$ 

398   $ 

2,049   $ 

2,798   $ 

398  

2,045  

2,798  

467 
602    $ 

583  

750  

583  

$ 

750   $ 

210 
210   $ 

7,251  

7,390  

Loans by Segment and Evaluation Method as of 
December 31, 2018 

Real Estate 
Construction  

Consumer 
Real Estate  

Commercial 
Real Estate   

Commercial 
Non-Real 
Estate 

  Public 
Sector and 
IDA 

Consumer 
Non-Real 
Estate 

Unallocated 

Total 

$ 

--- 

  $ 

1,452   $ 

4,340  

$  1,015 

$ 

--- 

$ 

13 

$ 

--- 

  $ 

6,820  

  60,777  
  $  60,777  

36,225  

$ 

36,238  

$ 

--- 
703,577  
---   $  710,397  

Individually evaluated 
for impairment 

Collectively evaluated 
loans 

37,845  

  174,004  

  349,206  

  45,520 

Total 

$ 

37,845   $  175,456   $  353,546   $  46,535 

A summary of ratios for the allowance for loan losses follows: 

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to the end of period loans, net of unearned income and 

deferred fees and costs 

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans, net of unearned income and deferred fees and 

costs 

December 31, 
2019   

2018   

0.94 % 

1.04 % 

0.09 % 

0.07 % 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of nonperforming assets, as of the dates indicated, follows: 

Nonperforming assets: 
Nonaccrual loans 
Restructured loans in nonaccrual 
Total nonperforming loans 

Other real estate owned, net 

Total nonperforming assets 

Ratio of nonperforming assets to loans, net of unearned income and deferred fees and 

costs, plus other real estate owned 

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans(1)   

December 31, 
2019 

2018   

164  
$ 
  3,211  
  3,375  
  1,612  
$  4,987  

$ 

311  
  3,109  
  3,420  
  2,052  
$  5,472  

0.68 % 
  203.35 % 

0.77 % 
 216.08 % 

(1)  The Company defines nonperforming loans as total nonaccrual and restructured loans that are nonaccrual.  Loans 90 days past due 

and still accruing and accruing restructured loans are excluded. 

A summary of loans past due 90 days or more and impaired loans, as of the dates indicated, follows: 

Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing 
Ratio of loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing to loans, net of unearned income and 

  $ 

deferred fees and costs 
Accruing restructured loans 
Impaired loans: 
Impaired loans with no valuation allowance 
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance 
Total impaired loans 

Valuation allowance 
Impaired loans, net of allowance 
Average recorded investment in impaired loans(1) 
Income recognized on impaired loans, after designation as impaired 
Amount of income recognized on a cash basis 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

December 31, 
2019   
231  

$ 

2018   
35  

0.03 % 
1,729  

  0.00 % 

$  2,552  

4,174  
1,115  
5,289  
(110 )  $ 
5,179  
5,359  
171  
---  

$  5,667  
  1,153  
$  6,820  

(139 ) 
$  6,681  

$  9,788  
250  
$ 
---  
$ 

(1) 

 Recorded investment is net of charge-offs and interest paid while a loan is in nonaccrual status. 

No interest income was recognized on nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 or 2017. Nonaccrual loans 

that meet the Company’s balance thresholds are designated as impaired. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A detailed analysis of investment in impaired loans, associated reserves and interest income recognized, by loan class follows: 

Impaired Loans as of December 31, 2019 

(A) 
Total 
Recorded 
Investment(1)   

Recorded 
Investment(1) in (A) 
for Which There is 
No Related 
Allowance 

Recorded 
Investment(1) in 
(A) for Which 
There is a Related 
Allowance 

Principal 
Balance    

Related 
Allowance  

Consumer Real Estate(2) 

Residential equity lines 
Residential closed-end first liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

$ 

100   $ 
221  
441  

100   $ 
221    
438  

100   $ 
221  
241  

Commercial Real Estate(2) 
  Multifamily real estate 

Commercial real estate, owner occupied 
Commercial real estate, other 
Commercial Non-Real Estate(2) 
Commercial and Industrial   
Consumer Non-Real Estate(2) 

Automobile   

Total 

278  
929  
  2,867  

917  

4  

$  5,757   $ 

278    
895  
2,435  

918  

278  
895  
2,435  

---  

4  
5,289   $ 

4  
4,174   $ 

---  
1,115   $ 

---   $ 
---    
197  

---    
---  
---  

918  

(1)  Recorded investment is net of charge-offs and interest paid while a loan is in nonaccrual status. 
(2)  Only classes with impaired loans are shown. 

Impaired Loans as of December 31, 2018 

(A) 
Total 
Recorded 
Investment(1)   

Recorded 
Investment(1) in (A) 
for Which There is 
No Related 
Allowance 

Recorded 
Investment(1) in 
(A) for Which 
There is a Related 
Allowance 

Principal 
Balance    

Related 
Allowance  

Consumer Real Estate(2) 

Residential closed-end first liens 
Residential closed-end junior liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

$ 

728   $ 
144  
593  

Commercial Real Estate(2) 
  Multifamily real estate 

Commercial real estate, owner occupied 
Commercial real estate, other 
Commercial Non-Real Estate(2) 
Commercial and Industrial   
Consumer Non-Real Estate(2) 
       Automobile   
Total 

485  
  1,363  
  2,867  

719   $ 
143  
590  

483    
1,363  
2,494  

719   $ 

---  
590  

483  
1,363  
2,494  

---   $ 

143  
---  

---    
---  
---  

  1,018  

1,015  

5  

1,010  

13  

$  7,211   $ 

13  
6,820   $ 

13  
5,667   $ 

---  
1,153   $ 

(1)  Recorded investment is net of charge-offs and interest paid while a loan is in nonaccrual status. 
(2)  Only classes with impaired loans are shown. 

68 

---  
---  
2  

---  
---  
---  

108  

---  
110  

---  
4  
---  

---  
---  
---  

135  

---  
139  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Real Estate(2)  

Residential equity lines 
Residential closed-end first liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

Commercial Real Estate(2) 
  Multifamily real estate 

Commercial real estate, owner occupied   
Commercial real estate, other 
Commercial Non-Real Estate(2)   
Commercial and Industrial 
Consumer Non-Real Estate(2) 
       Automobile 
Total 

Average Investment and Interest Income for 
Impaired Loans 
For the Year Ended  
December 31, 2019 

Average Recorded 
Investment(1)  

Interest Income 
Recognized 

$ 

98   $ 

225  
439  

284  
913  
2,435  

962  

3  
5,359   $ 

$ 

6  
11  
17  

12  
41  
59  

25  

---  
171  

(1)  Recorded investment is net of charge-offs and interest paid while a loan is in nonaccrual status. 
(2)  Only classes with impaired loans are shown. 

Consumer Real Estate(2)  

Residential closed-end first liens 
Residential closed-end junior liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

Commercial Real Estate(2) 
  Multifamily real estate 

Commercial real estate, owner occupied 
Commercial real estate, other 
Commercial Non-Real Estate(2)   
Commercial and Industrial 
Consumer Non-Real Estate(2) 

Automobile 

Total 

Average Investment and Interest Income for 
Impaired Loans 
For the Year Ended  
December 31, 2018 

Average Recorded 
Investment(1)  

Interest Income 
Recognized 

$ 

1,202   $ 
159  
808  

491  
3,038  
2,744  

1,326  

20  

$ 

9,788  

$ 

41  
9  
23  

20  
75  
54  

27  

1  

250  

(1)  Recorded investment is net of charge-offs and interest paid while a loan is in nonaccrual status. 
(2)  Only classes with impaired loans are shown. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real Estate Construction(2) 
Construction other 
Consumer Real Estate(2)  

Residential closed-end first liens 
Residential closed-end junior liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

Commercial Real Estate(2) 
  Multifamily real estate 

Commercial real estate, owner occupied 
Commercial real estate, other 
Commercial Non-Real Estate(2)   
Commercial and Industrial 
Consumer Non-Real Estate(2)   

Automobile 

Total 

Average Investment and Interest Income for 
Impaired Loans 
For the Year Ended  
December 31, 2017 

Average Recorded 
Investment(1)  

Interest Income 
Recognized 

$ 

3,298   $ 

781  
185  
329  

748  
4,047  
2,638  

1,282  

36  
13,344   $ 

$ 

177  

57  
11  
1  

16  
200  
---  

64  

2  
528  

(1)  Recorded investment is net of charge-offs and interest paid while a loan is in nonaccrual status. 
(2)  Only classes with impaired loans are shown. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An analysis of past due and nonaccrual loans, as of the dates indicated, follows: 

December 31,  2019 

Real Estate Construction(1) 
Construction, other 

Consumer Real Estate(1) 

Residential closed-end first liens 
Residential closed-end junior liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

Commercial Real Estate(1) 
  Multifamily real estate 

Commercial real estate, owner occupied 
Commercial real estate, other 
Commercial Non-Real Estate(1) 

Commercial and Industrial 
Consumer Non-Real Estate (1) 

Credit cards 
Automobile 
Other consumer loans 

Total 

December 31,  2018 

30 – 89 
Days Past 
Due  

90 or More 
Days Past Due   

90 or More 
Days Past Due 
and Still 
Accruing 

Nonaccruals 
(Including 
Impaired 
Nonaccruals) 

$ 

19   $ 

---   $ 

---  

$ 

499  
83  
---  

94  
---  
---  

45  

4  
256  
70  
1,070   $ 

$ 

210    
---  
264  

---    

287  
---  

153  

---  
14  
12  
940   $ 

188  
---  
---  

---  
---  
---  

17  

---  
14  
12  
231  

$ 

---  

22  
---  
264  

---  
514  
2,435  

136  

---  
4  
---  
3,375  

30 – 89 
Days Past 
Due  

90 or More 
Days Past Due   

90 or More 
Days Past Due 
and Still 
Accruing 

Nonaccruals 
(Including 
Impaired 
Nonaccruals) 

Consumer Real Estate(1) 

Residential closed-end first liens 
Residential closed-end junior liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

Commercial Real Estate(1) 
  Multifamily real estate 

Commercial real estate, owner occupied 
Commercial real estate, other 
Commercial Non-Real Estate(1) 

Commercial and Industrial 
Consumer Non-Real Estate (1) 

Credit cards 
Automobile 
Other consumer loans 

Total 

$ 

647   $ 

11  
---  

291  
325  
---  

10  

5  
296  
50  
1,635   $ 

$ 

(1)  Only classes with past due or nonaccrual loans are presented 

119   $ 
---  
---  

192    
---  
---  

2  

---  
29  
4  
346   $ 

---  
---  
---  

---  
---  
---  

2  

---  
29  
4  
35  

$ 

$ 

278  
---  
451  

192  
---  
2,494  

5  

---  
---  
---  
3,420  

  The  estimate  of  credit  risk  for  non-impaired  loans  is  obtained  by  applying  allocations  for  internal  and  external  factors.    The 
allocations are increased for loans that exhibit greater credit quality risk. 

Credit quality indicators, which the Company terms risk grades, are assigned through the Company’s credit review function for 
larger loans and selective review of loans that fall below credit review thresholds. Loans that do not indicate heightened risk are graded 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
as “pass.” Loans that appear to have elevated credit risk because of frequent or persistent past due status, which is less than 75 days, or 
that show weakness in the borrower’s financial condition are risk graded “special mention.”  During the third quarter of 2019, the Bank 
slightly revised the loan risk rating system to align with regulatory guidance.   After the revision, the “special mention” rating  is no 
longer  applied  to  consumer  loans.    Loans  with  frequent  or  persistent  delinquency  exceeding  75  days  or  that  have  a  higher  level  of 
weakness in the borrower’s financial condition are graded “classified.” Classified loans have regulatory risk ratings of “substandard” 
and “doubtful.” Allocations are increased by 50% and by 100% for loans with grades of “special mention” and “classified,” respectively.  

Determination of risk grades was completed for the portfolio as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

The following displays non-impaired gross loans by credit quality indicator as of the dates indicated: 

December 31, 2019 

Real Estate Construction 

Construction, 1-4 family residential 
Construction, other 
Consumer Real Estate 

Equity lines 
Closed-end first liens 
Closed-end junior liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

Commercial Real Estate 
  Multifamily residential real estate 

Commercial real estate owner-occupied 
Commercial real estate, other 

Commercial Non-Real Estate 
Commercial and Industrial 

Public Sector and IDA 

States and political subdivisions 

Consumer Non-Real Estate 

Credit cards 
Automobile 
Other consumer 

Total 

Special  
Mention 
(Excluding 
Impaired) 

Classified 
(Excluding 
Impaired) 

Pass 

$ 

7,590   $ 
34,713  

---   $ 
---  

16,435  
94,814  
3,861  
65,063  

87,934  
127,937  
145,636  

45,387  

63,764  

5,703  
14,810  
13,995  

---  
---  
---  
---  

---  
---  
---  

135  

---  

---  
---  
---  

$ 

727,642   $ 

135   $ 

---  
---  

---  
517  
---  
23  

94  
164  
--  

136  

---   

---  
19  
8  
961  

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2018 

Real Estate Construction 

Construction, 1-4 family residential 
Construction, other 
Consumer Real Estate 

Equity lines 
Closed-end first liens 
Closed-end junior liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

Commercial Real Estate 
  Multifamily residential real estate 

Commercial real estate owner-occupied 
Commercial real estate, other 

Commercial Non-Real Estate 
Commercial and Industrial 

Public Sector and IDA 

States and political subdivisions 

Consumer Non-Real Estate 

Credit cards 
Automobile 
Other consumer 

Total 

Special  
Mention 
(Excluding 
Impaired) 

Classified 
(Excluding 
Impaired) 

Pass 

$ 

9,264   $ 
28,560  

---   $ 
21  

16,026  
92,253  
3,954  
60,157  

98,582  
123,225  
127,156  

45,420  

60,777  

5,724  
18,598  
11,691  

$ 

701,387   $ 

38  
994  
---  
---  

---  
211  
---  

54  

---  

---  
133  
4  
1,455   $ 

---  
---  

---  
582  
---  
---  

---  
32  
---  

46  

---   

---  
71  
4  
735  

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales, Purchases and Reclassification of Loans 

The Company finances mortgages under “best efforts” contracts with mortgage purchasers.  The mortgages are designated as held 
for sale upon initiation. There have been no major reclassifications from portfolio loans to held for sale. Occasionally, the Company 
purchases or sells participations in loans.  All participation loans purchased met the Company’s normal underwriting standards at the 
time  the  participation  was  entered.  Participation  loans  are  included  in  the  appropriate  portfolio  balances  to  which  the  allowance 
methodology is applied. 

Troubled Debt Restructurings 

From time to time the Company modifies loans in TDRs. The following tables present restructurings by class that occurred during 

the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

Note: Only classes with restructured loans are presented. 

Restructurings that occurred during the year ended 
December 31, 2019 

Pre-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Post-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment(1) 

Number of 
Contracts 

1 
1 

$ 
$ 

100 
100 

  $ 
  $ 

100  
100  

Consumer Real Estate 

Equity lines 

Total 

(1)  Post-modification outstanding recorded investment considers amounts immediately following the modification. Amounts do not 

reflect balances at the end of the period. 

The  Company  restructured  1  loan  during  the  twelve  month  period  ended  December  31,  2019  to  provide  relief  to  the  borrower 
without forgiving principal or interest.  The loan covenants require that the balance be paid in full for a period of 30 days each year.  
The Company allowed the borrower to maintain full funding for more than a year, and extended the maturity date.  The impairment 
analysis was based upon the fair value of collateral and did not result in a specific allocation. 

Restructurings that occurred during the year ended 
December 31, 2018 

Pre-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Post-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment(1) 

$ 

2,882  

$ 

2,882  

715  

22 
594 
4,213 

  $ 

715  

22  
594  
4,213  

$ 

Number of 
Contracts 

2 

2 

1 
8 
13 

Construction Real Estate 
        Construction, other 
Commercial Real Estate 

Commercial real estate, owner occupied 

Consumer Real Estate 

Closed-end first liens 
Investor-owned residential real estate 

Total 

(1)  Post-modification outstanding recorded investment considers amounts immediately following the modification. Amounts do not 

reflect balances at the end of the period. 

The Company restructured 13 loans during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2018.  Each of the construction loans 
were restructured to extend the maturity and interest only period for each loan. As of December 31, 2018, the loans were converted to 
permanent financing at market terms and were no longer considered TDR or individually evaluated for impairment.  

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Two commercial real estate loans were restructured to provide a 12-month interest-only period without reducing the interest rate.   
The impairment measurements were based upon the present value of cash flows and did not result in a specific allocation for either loan.  
The investor owned residential real estate loans were restructured to provide payment relief.  Seven loans were restructured from 
amortizing to interest-only for a period of 12 months.  The impairment measurements were based on the fair value of collateral and did 
not result in specific allocations. The other investor owned residential real estate restructure consolidated debt at a longer term, provided 
a rate reduction and capitalized interest. The impairment measurement was based upon the present value of cash flows and did not result 
in a specific allocation. The loan’s nonaccrual status requires that all payments made during the nonaccrual period are credited fully to 
principal, reducing the book balance below the present value of cash flows. 

One residential closed-end first lien loan was restructured to provide payment relief by restructuring from amortizing to interest-
only for a period of 12 months. The impairment measurement was based on the fair value of collateral and did not result in a specific 
allocation.   

None of the restructures completed during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 forgave principal or interest.  

Restructurings that occurred during the year ended 
December 31, 2017 

Pre-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Post-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment(1) 

Number of 
Contracts 

1 

1 

4 

4 
10 

$ 

8  

$ 

132  

1,221 

26 
1,387 

  $ 

$ 

8  

132  

1,221  

26  
1,387  

Consumer Real Estate 
        Closed-end first lien 
Commercial Real Estate 

Commercial real estate, other 

Commercial Non-Real Estate 
Commercial and industrial 

Consumer Non-Real Estate 

Automobile 

Total 

(1)  Post-modification outstanding recorded investment considers amounts immediately following the modification. Amounts do not 

reflect balances at the end of the period. 

Each of the restructurings completed during the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 provided payment relief to the borrowers.  
The consumer real estate loan was modified to provide payment relief by extending the term.  Impairment measurement was based on 
the present value of cash flows and did not result in a specific allocation.  

The commercial real estate loan restructuring reduced debt service by lowering the interest rate slightly and changing the interest 
method from variable to fixed. Interest was capitalized and the loan was re-amortized over a longer term. Impairment measurement, 
based on the present value of cash flows, did not result in a specific allocation. The loan’s nonaccrual status requires that all payments 
made during the nonaccrual period are credited fully to principal, reducing the book balance below the present value of cash flows. 

The four commercial non-real estate loans were restructured to reduce monthly debt service by increasing the amortization period.  
Three of the commercial non-real estate loans received rate reductions, and on one commercial non-real estate loan, the interest method 
was changed from variable to fixed.  Impairment measurement, based on the present value of cash flows, indicated a specific reserve 
for two of the commercial non-real estate loans.   

The four automobile loans were restructured pursuant to Chapter 13 bankruptcy requirements, reducing the interest rate and re-
amortizing over a longer term to provide monthly debt service relief.  One automobile loan restructuring included forgiveness of a small 
amount of principal to comply with the bankruptcy plan.  Impairment measurement for all the restructured automobile loans was based 
on the present value of cash flows method and resulted in small specific allocations for each loan which totaled $1.   

Of the Company's TDRs at December 31, 2019, seven consumer real estate loans totaling $263, all part of one relationship, defaulted 
within 12 months of modification.  The impairment measurement is based upon the fair value of collateral, less estimated cost to sell, 
and resulted in no allocation.  All of the defaulted loans are in nonaccrual status while the Company is working with the borrowers to 
recover  its  investment.    Of  the  Company’s  TDR’s  that  defaulted  in  2018  and  2017,  none  were  modified  within  12  months  prior  to 
default. The company defines default as one or more payments that occur more than 90 days past the due date, charge-off or foreclosure. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 6: Premises and Equipment 

A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation of premises and equipment as of the dates indicated, follows: 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Premises 
Furniture and equipment 
Premises and equipment 
Accumulated depreciation 
Premises and equipment, net 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

13,331   $ 
6,300  
19,631    $ 
(10,712 ) 

8,919   $ 

13,244  
5,606  
18,850  
(10,204 ) 
8,646  

Depreciation expense for the  years ended December 2019, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $739, $766 and $805, respectively.  In 

December 2017, the Company sold its Marion branch office and realized a gain on the sale of fixed assets of $134. 

Note 7: Deposits 

The aggregate amounts of time deposits in denominations of $250 or more at December 31, 2019 and 2018  were $22,412  and 

$14,277, respectively. At December 31, 2019 the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:  

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 
Total time deposits 

$ 

$ 

117,100  
6,136  
2,217  
2,402  
173  
---  
128,028  

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, overdraft demand deposits reclassified to loans totaled $276 and $240, respectively. 

Note 8: Employee Benefit Plans 
401(k) Plan 

The Company has a Retirement Accumulation Plan qualifying under IRS Code Section 401(k), in which NBI, NBB and NBFS are 
participating employers. Eligible participants may contribute up to 100% of their total annual compensation to the plan, subject to certain 
limits based on federal tax laws. Employee contributions are matched by the employer based on a percentage of an employee’s total 
annual compensation contributed to the plan. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company contributed $379, 
$364 and $340, respectively, to the plan. 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan   

The Company has a non-leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) which enables employees of NBI and its subsidiaries 
who have one year of service and who have attained the age of 21 prior to the plan’s January 1 and July 1 enrollment dates to own NBI 
common  stock.  Contributions  to  the  ESOP,  which  are  not  mandatory,  are  determined  annually  by  the  NBI  Board  of  Directors. 
Contribution expense amounted to $300, $300 and $200 in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Dividends 
on ESOP shares are charged to retained earnings. As of December 31, 2019, the number of shares held by the ESOP was 190,343. All 
shares held by the ESOP are treated as outstanding in computing the Company’s basic net income per share. Upon reaching age 55 with 
10 years of plan participation, a vested participant has the right to diversify 50% of his or her allocated ESOP shares and NBI or the 
ESOP,  with  the  agreement  of  the  trustee,  is  obligated  to  purchase  those  shares.  The  ESOP  contains  a  put  option  which  allows  a 
withdrawing participant to require the Company or the ESOP, if the plan administrator agrees, to purchase his or her allocated shares if 
the shares are not readily tradable on an established market at the time of distribution. 

Salary Continuation Plan 

The Company has a non-qualified Salary Continuation Plan for certain key officers. The plan provides the participating officers 
with supplemental retirement income, payable for the greater of 15 years after retirement or the officer’s lifetime. The expense accrued 
for  the  plans  in  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  based  on  the  present  value  of  the  retirement  benefits,  amounted  to  $270,  $255,  and  $272, 
respectively. The plan is unfunded. However bank-owned life insurance has been acquired on the life of the key employees in amounts 
sufficient to discharge the obligations of the agreement.  

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Defined Benefit Plan 

The Company’s defined benefit pension plan covers substantially all employees. The plan benefit formula is based upon the length 
of service of retired employees and a percentage of qualified W-2 compensation during their final years of employment. Information 
pertaining to activity in the plan during the years indicated, is as follows:  

Change in benefit obligation 
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss (gain) 
Benefits paid 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in plan assets 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contribution 
Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$  23,688   $  23,492   $ 

801  
884   
  5,162  
(894 ) 
$  29,641   

868  
802  
(423 ) 
  (1,051 ) 
$  23,688  

$  21,786  
  4,115  
---  
(894 ) 
$  25,007  

$  23,428  
(591 ) 
---  
  (1,051 ) 
$  21,786  

$ 

$ 

$ 

21,059  
692  
743  
1,417  
(419 ) 
23,492  

17,038  
2,302  
4,507  
(419 ) 
23,428  

Funded status at the end of the year 

$  (4,634 )  $ 

(1,902 )  $ 

(64 ) 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet 
Deferred tax asset 
Other liabilities 
Total amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive (loss), net 
Net loss 
Prior service cost 
Deferred tax asset 
Amount recognized 

Accrued/Prepaid benefit cost, net 
Benefit obligation 
Fair value of assets 
Unrecognized net actuarial loss 
Unrecognized prior service cost 
Deferred tax liability 
Prepaid benefit cost included in other assets 

973   $ 

$ 
  (4,634 ) 
$  (3,661  )  $ 

399   $ 

(1,902 ) 
(1,503 )  $ 

13  
(64 ) 
(51 ) 

$ (10,983 )  $ 
120  
  2,281   
$  (8,582 )  $ 

(9,107 )  $ 
230  
  1,864  

(7,013 )  $ 

(7,923 ) 
340  
1,592  
(5,991 ) 

$ (29,641 )  $  (23,688 )  $ 
  25,007  
  10,983  
(120 ) 
  (1,308 ) 
$  4,921  

  21,786  
  9,107  
(230 ) 
  (1,465 ) 
$  5,510   $ 

(23,492 ) 
23,428  
7,923  
(340 ) 
(1,579 ) 
5,940  

 (continued ) 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of prior service cost 
Recognized net actuarial loss 
Net periodic benefit cost 

$ 

801   $ 
884  
  (1,461 ) 
(110 ) 
632  
746   $ 

868   $ 
802  
  (1,601 ) 
(110 ) 
585  
544   $ 

692  
743  
(1,097 ) 
(110 ) 
540  
768  

$ 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other 

comprehensive income (loss) 

Net (gain) loss 
Amortization of prior service cost 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)  
Total recognized  

$  1,876   $ 
110  
(417 ) 
$  1,569   $ 

1,184   $ 
110  
(272 ) 
1,022   $ 

(328 ) 
110  
46  
(172 ) 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income 

(loss)  

$  2,732   $ 

1,838   $ 

550  

Weighted average assumptions at end of the year 
Discount rate used for net periodic pension cost 
Discount rate used for disclosure 
Expected return on plan assets 
Rate of compensation increase 

Long Term Rate of Return 

4.00 % 
3.00 % 
7.50  % 
3.00 % 

3.50 % 
4.00 % 
7.50 % 
3.00 % 

4.00 % 
3.50 % 
7.50 % 
3.00 % 

The  Company,  as  plan  sponsor,  selects  the  expected  long  term  rate-of-return-on-assets  assumption  in  consultation  with  its 
investment advisors and actuary. This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested 
or to be invested to provide plan benefits. Historical performance is reviewed, especially  with respect to real rates of return (net of 
inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust, and for the trust itself. Undue weight is not given to 
recent experience, which may not continue over the measurement period, but higher significance is placed on current forecasts of future 
long term economic conditions. 

Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes. Further, and solely for this purpose, the 
plan is assumed to continue in force and not terminate during the period during which assets are invested. However, consideration is 
given to the potential impact of current and future investment policy, cash flow into and out of the trust, and expenses (both investment 
and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets (to the extent such expenses are not explicitly estimated within periodic cost). 

The Company, as plan sponsor, has adopted a Pension Administrative Committee Policy (the Policy) for monitoring the investment 
management of its qualified plans. The Policy includes a statement of general investment principles and a listing of specific investment 
guidelines,  to  which  the  committee  may  make  documented  exceptions.  The  guidelines  state  that,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  all 
investments that are permitted under the prudent investor rule shall be permissible investments for the defined benefit pension plan. All 
plan assets are to be invested in marketable securities. Certain investments are prohibited, including commodities and future contracts, 
private  placements,  repurchase  agreements,  options  and  derivatives.  The  Policy  establishes  quality  standards  for  fixed  income 
investments and mutual funds included in the pension plan trust. The Policy also outlines diversification standards. 

The preferred target allocation for the assets of the defined benefit pension plan is 65% in equity securities and 35% in fixed income 
securities. Equity securities include investments in large-cap and mid-cap companies primarily located in the United States, although a 
small number of international large-cap companies are included. There are also investments in mutual funds holding the equities of 
large-cap and mid-cap U.S. companies. Fixed income securities include U.S. government agency securities and corporate bonds from 
companies representing diversified industries. There are no investments in hedge funds, private equity funds or real estate.  

78 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements of the pension plan’s assets at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are presented below: 

Asset Category 

Total 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant  
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2)  

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3) 

$ 

4,350  

$ 

4,350 

  $ 

---  

$ 

Cash 
Equity securities: 
  U. S. companies 

International companies 

Equities mutual funds (1) 
State and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds – investment grade (2) 
Total pension plan assets 

$ 

11,098  
2,334  
1,343   
202  
5,680  
25,007  

$ 

11,098  
2,334  
1,343   
--- 
--- 
19,125 

  $ 

---  
---  
---  
202  
5,680   
5,882  

$ 

(1)  This category comprises actively managed equity funds invested in large-cap and mid-cap U.S. companies. 
(2)  This category represents investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries. 

Asset Category 

Total 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant  
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2)  

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3) 

$ 

1,917  

$ 

1,917 

  $ 

---  

$ 

Cash 
Equity securities: 
  U. S. companies 

International companies 

Equities mutual funds (1) 
U. S. government agencies and corporations  
State and political subdivisions 
Corporate bonds – investment grade (2) 
Total pension plan assets 

$ 

8,782  
471  
2,174  
50  
202  
8,190  
21,786  

$ 

8,782  
471  
2,174  
--- 
--- 
--- 
13,344 

  $ 

---  
---  
---  
50  
202  
8,190  
8,442  

$ 

---  

---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  

---  

---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  

(1)  This category comprises actively managed equity funds invested in large-cap and mid-cap U.S. companies. 
(2)  This category represents investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries. 

The Company’s required minimum pension contribution for 2020 has not yet been determined. 

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows: 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 - 2029 

$  5,629  
809  
$ 
$  1,386  
913  
$ 
$  1,644  
$  9,519  

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 9: Income Taxes 

The Company  files  United States  federal income tax returns, and Virginia, West Virginia and North Carolina state income  tax 
returns. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities 
for years prior to 2016. 

Allocation of income tax expense between current and deferred portions is as follows: 

Years ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Current 
Deferred expense (benefit) 
Deferred tax adjustment for enacted change in tax rate 
Total income tax expense 

$ 

$ 

2,682  
529  
---  
3,211  

$ 

$ 

2,942  
(382 ) 
---  
2,560  

$ 

$ 

2,943  
1,790  
1,560  
6,293  

Income tax expense for 2017 includes a downward adjustment of net deferred tax assets in the amount of $1,560, recorded as a 
result of the enactment of the Tax Act on December 22, 2017.  The Company’s marginal tax rate prior to the enactment of the Act is 
35%.  Effective January 1, 2018, the Company’s tax rate is 21%. 

The following is a reconciliation of the “expected” income tax expense, computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 

21% to 2018 and 2019 income before tax expense and 35% to 2017 income before income tax expense, with the reported income tax 
expense: 

Years ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Computed “expected” income tax expense 
Tax impact of enacted change in tax rate 
Tax-exempt interest income 
Nondeductible interest expense 
Other, net 
Reported income tax expense 

  $ 

  $ 

4,342   $ 
---  
(1,019 ) 
96  
(208 ) 
3,211   $ 

3,929   $ 
---  
(1,255 ) 
69  
(183 ) 
2,560   $ 

The components of net deferred tax assets, included in other assets, are as follows: 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan losses and unearned fee income 
Valuation allowance on other real estate owned 
Defined benefit plan 
Deferred compensation and other liabilities 
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale 
Lease accounting 
Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Fixed assets 
Goodwill and deposit intangibles  
Defined benefit plan, prepaid portion 
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale 
Discount accretion of securities 
Total deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax assets 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,597   $ 
186  
2,281  
848  
---  
2  
4,914   $ 

(438 )  $ 

(1,228 ) 
(1,308 ) 
(20 ) 
(43 ) 
(3,037 ) 
1,877   $ 

7,135  
1,560  
(2,144 ) 
89  
(347 ) 
6,293  

1,683  
223  
1,864  
1,308  
1,348  
---  
6,426  

(365 ) 
(1,169 ) 
(1,465 ) 
---  
(70 ) 
(3,069 ) 
3,357  

The Company has determined that a valuation allowance for the gross deferred tax assets is not necessary at December 31, 2019 

and 2018. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 10: Restrictions on Dividends 

The Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from its subsidiary bank. For the years ended 

December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, dividends received from the subsidiary bank were $28,556, $9,419 and $8,141, respectively. 
  Substantially all of NBI’s retained earnings are undistributed earnings of its sole banking subsidiary, which are restricted by various 
regulations administered by federal bank regulatory agencies. Bank regulatory agencies restrict, unless prior approval is obtained, the 
total dividend payments of a bank in any calendar year to the bank’s retained net income of that year to date, as defined, combined with 
its retained net income of the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. At December 31, 2019, NBB’s retained net 
income, which was free of such restriction, amounted to approximately $3,347.   

Note 11: Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirement 

Prior to 2018, the Company was subject to regulatory capital requirements on a consolidated basis.  When the Federal Reserve 
updated  the  Small  Bank  Holding  Company  Policy  Statement,  in  compliance  with  The  Economic  Growth,  Regulatory  Relief  and 
Consumer Protection Act of 2018 in August of 2018, the Company became exempt from reporting consolidated regulatory capital ratios 
and from minimum regulatory capital requirements.   

NBB continues to be subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to 
meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if 
undertaken, could have a direct material effect on NBI’s and NBB’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the 
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, NBB must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of 
their assets, liabilities, and certain off balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and 
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. 

The Bank is subject to the rules implementing the Basel III capital framework and certain related provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act 
(the “Basel III Capital Rules”) as applied by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.  The Basel III Capital Rules require the Bank 
to comply with minimum capital ratios plus a “capital conservation buffer” designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress.  
The implementation period for the capital conservation buffer began in 2016 and it was fully phased in on January 1, 2019.  The rules 
set forth minimum amounts and ratios for CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted 
assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to adjusted quarterly average assets (as defined). 

NBB’s CET1 capital includes common stock and related surplus and retained earnings.  The Basel III Capital Rules provide an 
option to exclude components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) from CET1 capital.  Once made, the election is final 
and cannot be changed. NBB elected to exclude components of accumulated other comprehensive income from CET1 capital. 

Tier 1 Capital includes CET1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital components. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, NBB did not hold 

any additional Tier 1 capital beyond CET1 capital. 

Total capital includes Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital includes the allowance for loan losses.   
NBB’s risk-weighted assets were $816,962 at December 31, 2019 and $816,660 as of December 31, 2018.  Management believes, 

as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, that NBB met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.  

As of December 31, 2019, the most recent notifications from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency categorized NBB as 
well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must 
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, CET1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios, as set forth in the following tables. 
There are no conditions or events since these notifications that management believes have changed NBB’s category.  
NBB’s capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are presented in the following tables. 

Actual 

Minimum Capital  
Requirement(1) 

Minimum To Be Well  
Capitalized Under  
Prompt Corrective  
Action Provisions 

Amount 

  Ratio 

Amount 

  Ratio 

Amount 

  Ratio 

December 31, 2019 
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

188,946  
182,044  
182,044  
182,044  

23.128 %  $  85,781   10.500 %  $  81,696   10.000 % 
8.000 % 
22.283 %  $  69,442  
6.500 % 
22.283 %  $  57,187  
5.000 % 
14.175 %  $  51,371  

8.500 %  $  65,357  
7.000 %  $  53,103  
4.000 %  $  64,213  

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Actual 

Amount 

  Ratio 

Minimum Capital  
Requirement(1) 

Amount 

  Ratio 

Minimum To Be Well  
Capitalized Under  
Prompt Corrective  
Action Provisions 

Amount 

  Ratio 

December 31, 2018 
Total capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

202,238   24.764 % 
194,823   23.856 % 
194,823   23.856 % 
194,823   15.788 % 

$  80,645  
$  64,312  
$  52,062  
$  49,359  

9.875 % 
7.875 % 
6.375 % 
4.000 % 

$  81,666   10.000 % 
8.000 % 
$  65,333  
6.500 % 
$  53,083  
5.000 % 
$  61,699  

(1)   Except  with  regard  to  NBB’s  Tier  1  capital  to  average  assets  ratio,  the  minimum  capital  requirement  includes  the  current 
phased-in portion of the Basel III Capital Rules’ capital conservation buffer (2.50% for 2019 and 1.875% in 2018) which is 
added to the  minimum capital requirements  for capital adequacy purposes.   The capital  conservation buffer  was phased in 
through four equal annual installments of .0625% from 2016 to 2019, with full implementation in January 2019. NBB’s capital 
conservation buffer consists of additional CET1 above regulatory minimum requirement. Failure to maintain the prescribed 
levels would result in limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses to executives.   

Note 12: Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company  

Financial information pertaining only to NBI (Parent) as of the dates indicated, is as follows: 

Condensed Balance Sheets 

Assets 
Cash due from subsidiaries 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Refundable income taxes 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Other liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

Condensed Statements of Income 

Income 
Dividends from subsidiaries 
Interest on securities – taxable 
Realized securities gains, net 
Other income 

Total income 

Expenses 
Other expenses 
Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of 

subsidiaries 

Applicable income tax benefit  
Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Equity (deficit) in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 

Net income 

82 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

57   $ 
623  
183,056  
423  
880  
185,039   $ 

1,313   $ 

183,726  
185,039   $ 

44  
357  
189,692  
396  
841  
191,330  

1,092  
190,238  
191,330  

Years Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

28,556   $ 
---  
---  
18  
28,574  

9,419   $ 
---  
---  
10  
9,429  

8,141  
---  
4  
  1,018  
9,163  

1,025  

1,244  

1,986  

  7,177  
  8,185  
  27,549  
383  
308  
266  
  7,560  
  8,493  
  27,815  
 (10,349 ) 
  6,532  
  7,658  
17,466   $  16,151   $  14,092  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows 

Cash Flows from Operating Expenses 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Deficit (equity) in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Gain on sale of securities  
Net change in refundable income taxes due from subsidiaries 
Net change in other assets 
Net change in other liabilities 
Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 
Net change in interest-bearing deposits 
Maturities, sales and calls of securities available for sale 
Capital distribution to subsidiary 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 
Cash dividends paid 
Repurchase of shares 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net change in cash 
Cash due from subsidiaries at beginning of year 
Cash due from subsidiaries at end of year 

Years ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$ 

17,466   $ 

16,151   $ 

14,092  

  10,349  
---  
(27 ) 
(173 ) 
221  
  27,836  

(266 ) 
---  
---  
(266 ) 

(7,658 ) 
---  
(228 ) 
(109 ) 
115  
8,271  

146  
---  
---  
146  

(6,532 ) 
(4 ) 
(146 ) 
(156 ) 
(40 ) 
7,214  

807  
192  
(100 ) 
899  

  (9,032 ) 
 (18,525 ) 
 (27,557 ) 
13  
44  
57   $ 

$ 

(8,419 ) 

(8,141 ) 

(8,419 ) 
(2 ) 
46  
44   $ 

(8,141 ) 
(28 ) 
74  
46  

Note 13: Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing 
needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and interest rate 
locks. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated 
balance sheets.  

The  Company’s  exposure  to  credit  loss,  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for 
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company 
uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  it  does  for  on-balance  sheet  instruments.  The 
Company may require collateral or other security to support the following financial instruments with credit risk. 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, financial instruments outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk were: 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk: 

Commitments to extend credit 
Standby letters of credit 
Mortgage loans sold with potential recourse 

December 31, 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

158,859   $ 
15,212  
20,496  

145,635  
16,092  
13,013  

  Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in 
the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The 
commitments for lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily 
represent  future  cash  requirements.  The  amount  of  collateral  obtained,  if  it  is  deemed  necessary  by  the  Company,  is  based  on 
management’s credit evaluation of the customer. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unfunded  commitments  under  commercial  lines  of  credit,  revolving  credit  lines,  and  overdraft  protection  agreements  are 
commitments for possible future extensions of credit. Some of these commitments are uncollateralized and do not contain a specified 
maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed. 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third 
party.  The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  involved  in  extending  loans  to  customers. 
Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial 
properties. 

The  Company  originates  mortgage  loans  for  sale  to  secondary  market  investors  subject  to  contractually  specified  and  limited 
recourse provisions. In 2019, the Company originated $21,032 and sold $20,496 of mortgage loans to investors, compared to $12,626 
originated and $13,013 of mortgage loans sold in 2018. Every contract with each investor contains certain recourse language. In general, 
the  Company  may  be  required  to  repurchase  a  previously  sold  mortgage  loan  if  there  is  major  noncompliance  with  defined  loan 
origination or documentation standards, including fraud, negligence or material misstatement in the loan documents. Repurchase may 
also be required if necessary governmental loan guarantees are canceled or never issued, or if an investor is forced to buy back a loan 
after it has been resold as a part of a loan pool. In addition, the Company may have an obligation to repurchase a loan if the mortgagor 
defaults early in the loan term. This potential default period is approximately twelve months after sale of a loan to the investor. 

At December 31, 2019, the Company had locked-rate commitments to originate mortgage loans amounting to approximately $817 
and loans held for sale of $905. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. The Company 
does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations. 

The  Company  maintains  cash  accounts  in  other  commercial  banks.  The  Company  had  $14  in  deposits  with  correspondent 

institutions at December 31, 2019 that was not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 

Note 14: Concentrations of Credit Risk 

The Company does a general banking business, serving the commercial and personal banking needs of its customers. NBB’s primary 
service  area  is  defined  as  the  counties  of  Montgomery,  Giles,  Carroll,  Grayson,  Pulaski,  Tazewell,  Smyth,  Wythe,  Roanoke  and 
Washington and the cities of Galax, Radford and Roanoke in southwest Virginia, and Mercer, Monroe and McDowell counties in West 
Virginia.  For loan purposes, the Company’s market also includes the Virginia cities of Salem and Bristol and counties of Botetourt and 
Craig, the southernmost tip of West Virginia adjacent to the counties of Giles, Buchanan, Russell and Bland, the North Carolina counties 
of Surry and Alleghany, and the Tennessee city of Bristol and counties of Washington and Sullivan.   Substantially all of NBB’s loans 
are made in its primary service area.  Additionally, the Company occasionally participates in loans in nearby higher growth metropolitan 
areas.  Loans outside of the primary service area are a small percentage of the loan portfolio, are appropriately underwritten and are not 
considered out of  market exceptions.  The ultimate collectability of NBB’s loan portfolio and the ability to realize the value of any 
underlying collateral,  if needed, is influenced by the economic conditions of the  market area. The Company’s operating results are 
therefore closely correlated with the economic trends within this area. 

Commercial real estate as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 represented approximately 50% of the loan portfolio, at $365,373 and 
$353,546, respectively. Included in commercial real estate are loans for college housing and professional office buildings that comprised 
$181,705 and $184,203 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, corresponding to approximately 25% of the loan portfolio at 
December 31, 2019 and 26% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2018. Loans secured by residential real estate were $181,472, or 
approximately 25% of the portfolio, and $175,456, or 25% of the portfolio at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  

The Company has established operating policies relating to the credit process and collateral in loan originations. Loans to purchase 
real  and  personal  property  are  generally  collateralized  by  the  related  property  and  with  loan  amounts  established  based  on  certain 
percentage limitations of the property’s total stated or appraised value. Credit approval is primarily a function of cash flow, collateral 
and the evaluation of the creditworthiness of the individual borrower or project based on available financial information. Management 
considers the concentration of credit risk to be minimal. 

Note 15: Fair Value Measurements  

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the 
principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement 
date.  GAAP requires that valuation techniques maximize the use of the observable inputs and minimize the use of the unobservable 
inputs.    GAAP  also  establishes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  which  prioritizes  the  valuation  inputs  into  three  broad  levels.    Based  on  the 
underlying inputs, each fair value measurement in its entirety is reported in one of the three levels.  These levels are: 

   Level 1 –    Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. 
   Level 2 –   Valuation is based on observable inputs including quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted 
prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in less active markets, and model-based valuation techniques for which 
significant assumptions can be derived primarily from or corroborated by observable data in the market. 

   Level 3 –    Valuation is based on model-based techniques that use one or more significant inputs or assumptions that are unobservable 

in the market. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for 
the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates 
using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the 
discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement 
of the instrument. Accounting guidance for fair value excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its 
disclosure requirements. Consequently, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair 
value of the Company. 

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets and liabilities recorded 

at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated financial statements: 

Securities Available for Sale  

Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market 
prices, when available (Level 1). If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured utilizing independent valuation 
techniques of identical or similar securities for which significant assumptions are derived primarily from or corroborated by observable 
market data. Third party vendors compile prices from various sources and may determine the fair value of identical or similar securities 
by  using  pricing  models  that  consider  observable  market  data  (Level  2).  The  carrying  value  of  restricted  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of 
Richmond and Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock approximates fair value based upon the redemption provisions of each entity 
and is therefore excluded from the following table. 

The following tables present the balances of financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 

and 2018:  

Description 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations    $ 
States and political subdivisions 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Corporate debt securities 

Total securities available for sale 

  $ 

Balance as of 
 December 31,  
2019 
121,123   $ 

88,239  
221,783  
4,118  
435,263   $ 

Description 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations    $ 
States and political subdivisions 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Corporate debt securities 

Total securities available for sale 

  $ 

Balance as of 
 December 31,  
2018 
300,047   $ 
118,616  
628  
5,719  
425,010   $ 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2019 Using 
Quoted Prices  
in Active  
Markets for  
Identical Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant  
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs 
(Level 2) 
---   $  121,123   $ 
---  
---  
---  
---   $  435,263   $ 

88,239  
  221,783  
4,118  

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs 
(Level 2) 
---   $  300,047   $ 
  118,616  
---  
628  
---  
---  
5,719  
---   $  425,010   $ 

---  
---  
---  
---  
---  

---  
---  
---  
---  
---  

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 Using 
Quoted Prices  
in Active  
Markets for  
Identical Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant  
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to the fair value 

of these assets usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.  

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets recorded at fair value on 

a nonrecurring basis in the consolidated financial statements: 

Loans Held for Sale  

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. These loans currently consist of one-to-four family residential loans 
originated for sale in the secondary market. Fair value is based on the price secondary markets are currently offering for similar loans 
using observable market data which is not materially different than cost due to the short duration between origination and sale (Level 
2). As such, the Company records any fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. No nonrecurring fair value adjustments  were 
recorded on loans held for sale during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.  

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired Loans 

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that 
all amounts due will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. TDRs are impaired loans. Impaired loans 
are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. If an individually-evaluated impaired loan’s balance exceeds fair value, the amount 
is allocated to the allowance for loan losses. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses 
on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

The fair value of an impaired loan and measurement of associated loss is based on one of three methods: the observable market 
price of the loan, the present value of projected cash flows, or the fair value of the collateral. The observable market price of a loan is 
categorized  as  a  Level  1  input.  The  present  value  of  projected  cash  flows  method  results  in  a  Level  3  categorization  because  the 
calculation relies on the Company’s judgment to determine projected cash flows which are then discounted at the current rate of the 
loan, or the rate prior to modification if the loan is a TDR.  

Loans measured using the fair value of collateral method may be categorized in Level 2 or Level 3. Collateral may be in the form 
of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory and accounts receivable. Most collateral is real estate. The Company 
bases collateral method fair valuation upon the “as-is” value of independent appraisals or evaluations. Valuations for impaired loans 
secured by residential 1-4 family properties with outstanding principal balances greater than $250 are based on an appraisal. Appraisals 
are  also  used  to  value  impaired  loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate  with  outstanding  principal  balances  greater  than  $500.  
Collateral-method impaired loans secured by residential 1-4 family property  with outstanding principal balances of $250 or less, or 
secured by commercial real estate with outstanding principal balances of $500 or less, are valued using an internal evaluation.  

The value of real estate collateral is determined by a current (less than 24 months of age) appraisal or internal evaluation utilizing 
an income or market valuation approach.  Appraisals conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using 
observable market data is categorized as Level 2. If a current appraisal cannot be obtained prior to a reporting date and an existing 
appraisal is discounted to obtain an estimated value, or if declines in value are identified after the date of the appraisal, or if an appraisal 
is discounted for estimated selling costs, the valuation of real estate collateral is categorized as Level 3. Valuations derived from internal 
evaluations  are  categorized  as  Level  3.  The  value  of  business  equipment  is  based  upon  an  outside  appraisal  (Level  2)  if  deemed 
significant, or the  net book value on the applicable business’ financial  statements (Level 3) if not considered significant.  Likewise, 
values for inventory and accounts receivables collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). 

As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the fair value measurements for impaired loans with specific allocations were 

primarily based upon the present value of expected future cash flows.  

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the 

dates indicated.  

Date 

Description 

Balance  

December 31, 2019 

Assets: 
Impaired loans net of 

Quoted Prices  
in Active  
Markets for  
Identical Assets  
(Level 1) 

Carrying value  
Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs 
(Level 2)   

Significant  
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31, 2018 

Impaired loans net of 

valuation allowance 

1,014  

--- 

--- 

valuation allowance 

  $ 

1,005   $ 

--- 

 $ 

--- 

 $ 

1,005 

1,014 

The following table presents information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements for impaired loans as of the dates indicated. 

Impaired Loans 
December 31, 2019 
December 31, 2018 

Valuation Technique 

  Present value of cash flows 
  Present value of cash flows 

  Unobservable Input 
  Discount rate 
  Discount rate 

Range  
(Weighted Average) 
 5.50% - 6.50% (5.77%)  
  5.50% - 7.25% (6.05%)  

Other Real Estate Owned  
  Certain assets such as OREO are measured at fair value less cost to sell. Valuation of OREO is determined using current appraisals 
from independent parties, a Level 2 input. If current appraisals cannot be obtained prior to reporting dates, or if declines in value are 
identified after a recent appraisal is received, appraisal values are discounted, resulting in Level 3 estimates. If the Company markets 
the property with a realtor, estimated selling costs reduce the fair value, resulting in a valuation based on Level 3 inputs. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s OREO that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the dates 

indicated.  

Date 

Description 

Balance 

Quoted Prices  
in Active  
Markets for  
Identical Assets  
(Level 1) 

Carrying Value  
Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs 
(Level 2)   

Significant  
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

December 31, 2019 

December 31, 2018 

Assets: 
Other real estate owned net 
of valuation allowance 
Other real estate owned net 
of valuation allowance 

  $ 

1,612 

 $ 

--- 

 $ 

---   $ 

2,052 

--- 

---  

1,612 

2,052 

The following table presents information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements as of the dates indicated. 

Valuation Technique 

Unobservable Input 

Other real estate owned   Discounted appraised 

Selling cost 

value 

Other real estate owned   Discounted appraised 

value 

Discount for lack of marketability 
and age of appraisal 

Range 
(Weighted Average) 
December 31, 

2019 
0.00%(1) – 6.00% 
(0.68%) 
0.00% - 45.17% 
(1.28%) 

2018 
0.00%(1) – 6.00% 
(0.12%) 
0.00% - 50.05% 
(1.45%) 

 (1)  The Company markets OREO both independently and with local realtors. Properties marketed by realtors are discounted by 

selling costs. Properties that the Company markets independently are not discounted by selling costs. 

The following tables present the carrying amount, fair value and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial 
instruments as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. For short-term financial assets such as cash and cash equivalents, the 
carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its 
expected realization. For non-marketable equity securities such as FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond stock, the carrying 
amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value as these securities can only be redeemed or sold at their par value and only to the respective 
issuing government-supported institution or to another member institution. For financial liabilities such as noninterest-bearing demand, 
interest-bearing demand, and savings deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to these products having 
no stated maturity. Fair values are estimated under the exit price notion.  

December 31, 2019 

Estimated Fair Value 

Carrying  
Amount 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Financial assets: 

Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Securities 
Restricted securities 

  Mortgage loans held for sale 

Loans, net 
Accrued interest receivable 
Bank-owned life insurance 

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
Accrued interest payable 

  $ 

10,290   $ 
76,881  
435,263  
1,220  
905  
726,588  
4,285  
35,567  

  $ 

1,119,753   $ 
144  

87 

10,290   $ 
76,881  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  

---   $ 
---  

---   $ 
---  
435,263  
1,220  
905  
---  
4,285  
35,567  

991,725   $ 
144  

---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
718,299  
---  
---  

128,011  
---  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets: 

Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Securities 
Restricted securities 

  Mortgage loans held for sale 

Loans, net 
Accrued interest receivable 
Bank-owned life insurance 

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
Accrued interest payable 

December 31, 2018 

Estimated Fair Value 

Carrying  
Amount 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  $ 

12,882   $ 
43,491  
425,010  
1,220  
72  
702,409  
5,160  
34,657  

  $ 

1,051,942   $ 

89  

12,882   $ 
43,491  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  

---   $ 
---  

---   $ 
---  
425,010  
1,220  
72  
---  
5,160  
34,657  

950,143   $ 
89  

---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
684,565  
---  
---  

101,749  
---  

Note 16: Components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The following table summarizes the activity related to each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the 

years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019: 

Net Unrealized 
Gain (Loss) on 
Securities 

Adjustments Related 
to Pension Benefits 

  Accumulated Other 

Comprehensive  
Income (Loss) 

  $ 

(3,588 )    $ 

(5,071 )    $ 

(8,659 ) 

546  

(6 )   
---  

---  

(656 ) 

(3,704 )    $ 

(2,246 ) 

891  
(13 )   
---  

---  
---  
213  

(71 ) 

(1,062 ) 
(5,991 )    $ 

---  

---  
---  
(936 )   

546  
(6 ) 
213  

(71 ) 

(1,718 ) 
(9,695 ) 

(2,246 ) 

891  
(13 ) 
(936 ) 

---  
(5,072 )    $ 

(86 ) 
(7,013 )    $ 

(86 ) 
(12,085 ) 

5,595  
(447 )   
---  

---  
---  
(1,482 )   

---  
76  

  $ 

(87 ) 
(8,582 )    $ 

5,595  
(447 ) 
(1,482 ) 

(87 ) 
(8,506 ) 

Balance at December 31, 2016 
Unrealized holding loss on available for sale securities net of 

tax of $296 

Reclassification adjustment, net of tax of ($4) 
Net pension gain, net of tax of $115 
Less amortization of prior service cost included in net 

periodic pension cost, net of tax of ($38) 

Reclassification of stranded tax effects from change in tax 

rate 

Balance at December 31, 2017 
Unrealized holding gain on available for sale securities net of 

  $ 

tax of ($595) 

Transfer from held to maturity to available for sale securities, 

net of tax $237 

Reclassification adjustment, net of tax of ($4) 
Net pension loss, net of tax of ($249) 
Less amortization of prior service cost included in net 

periodic pension cost, net of tax of ($24) 

Balance at December 31, 2018 
Unrealized holding loss on available for sale securities net of 

  $ 

tax of $1,486 

Reclassification adjustment, net of tax of ($119) 
Net pension loss, net of tax of ($394) 
Less amortization of prior service cost included in net 

periodic pension cost, net of tax of ($23) 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

  $ 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information regarding reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for 

the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

Component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Reclassification out of unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities:  
Realized securities gain, net 
Income tax benefit 

  $ 

Realized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax, reclassified out of  

December 31,  

2019 

2018 

2017 

(566 )   $ 
(119 )  

$ 

(17 )  
(4 )  

(10 )   
(4 )   

accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

  $ 

(447 

)   $ 

) 
(13 

$ 

(6 

)   

Amortization of defined benefit pension items: 
Prior service costs(1) 
Income tax benefit 

  $ 

(110 )   $ 
(23 )  

$ 

(110 )  
(24 )  

(109 )   
(38 )   

Amortization of defined benefit pension items, net of tax, reclassified out of 

accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

  $ 

(87 

)   $ 

) 
(86 

$ 

(71 

)   

(1)  This accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. 

(For additional information, see Note 8, Employee Benefit Plans.) 

Note 17.  Intangible Assets and Goodwill 

In accounting for goodwill and intangible assets, the Company conducts an impairment review at least annually and more frequently 
if certain impairment indicators are evident. Accounting guidance provides the option of performing a preliminary assessment of qualitative 
factors before performing more substantial testing for impairment. If the preliminary assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that 
fair value is below carrying value, a two-step test is employed to determine impairment. The Company opted not to perform the preliminary 
assessment and employed the two-step test to determine impairment. Based on testing for impairment of goodwill for 2019 and 2018 and 
testing for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets for 2017, there were no impairment charges.   

Information concerning goodwill and intangible assets for years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is presented in the following 

table:  

December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 

Gross Carrying Value 

Accumulated Amortization 

Net Carrying Value 

Amortizable core deposit intangibles 
Unamortizable goodwill 

  Intangible assets and goodwill 

  $ 

  $ 

16,257   $ 
5,848  
22,105   $ 

16,257   $ 
---  
16,257   $ 

---  
5,848  
5,848  

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
   
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18: Revenue Recognition 

On  January  1,  2018,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  No.  2014-09  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers”  (Topic  606)  and  all 
subsequent ASUs that modified Topic 606. As stated in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the implementation of the 
new standard did not have a material impact on the measurement or recognition of revenue. Results for reporting periods beginning after 
January 1, 2018 and comparative periods are presented in accordance with Topic 606. 

Topic 606 does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments, including revenue from loans and securities. In addition, 
certain  noninterest  income  streams  such  as  financial  guarantees,  derivatives,  and  certain  credit  card  fees  are  outside  the  scope  of  the 
guidance. Topic 606 is applicable to noninterest revenue streams such as service charges on deposit accounts, other service charges and 
fees, credit and debit card fees, trust income, and annuity and insurance commissions. However, the recognition of these revenue streams 
did not change significantly upon adoption of Topic 606. Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is generated from contracts  with 
customers. Noninterest revenue streams within the scope of Topic 606 are discussed below. 

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts 

Service charges on deposit accounts consist of monthly service fees, overdraft and nonsufficient funds fees, ATM fees, wire transfer 
fees and other deposit account related fees. The Company’s performance obligation for monthly service fees is generally satisfied, and the 
related revenue recognized, over the period in which the service is provided. Payment for service charges on deposit accounts is primarily 
received immediately or in the following month through a direct charge to customers’ accounts. ATM fees are primarily generated when a 
Company cardholder uses a non-Company ATM or a non-Company cardholder uses a Company ATM. Wire transfer fees, overdraft and 
nonsufficient funds fees and other deposit account related fees are transactional based, and therefore, the Company’s performance obligation 
is satisfied, and related revenue recognized, at a point in time. 

Other Service Charges and Fees 

Other service charges include safety deposit box rental fees, check ordering charges, and other service charges. Safe deposit box rental 
fees are charged to the customer on an annual basis and recognized upon receipt of payment. The Company determined that since rentals 
and renewals occur fairly consistently over time, revenue is recognized on a basis consistent with the duration of the performance obligation. 
Check ordering charges are transactional based, and therefore, the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied, and related revenue 
recognized, at a point in time. 

Credit and Debit Card Fees 

Credit and debit card fees are primarily comprised of interchange fee income and, prior to mid-2017, merchant services income.  The 
Company sold servicing rights on its merchant services portfolio in mid-2017.  Interchange fees are earned whenever the Company’s debit 
and credit cards are processed through card payment networks such as Visa. Merchant services income mainly represents fees charged to 
merchants  to  process  their  debit  and  credit  card  transactions,  in  addition  to  account  management  fees.  The  Company’s  performance 
obligation for interchange fee income and merchant services income are largely satisfied, and related revenue recognized, when the services 
are rendered or upon completion. Payment is typically received immediately or in the following month. In compliance with Topic 606, 
credit and debit card fee income is presented net of associated expense. 

Trust Income 

Trust income is primarily comprised of fees earned from the management and administration of trusts and other customer assets. The 
Company’s performance obligation is generally satisfied over time and the resulting fees are recognized monthly, based upon the month-
end market value of the assets under management and the applicable fee rate. Payment is generally received a few days after month end 
through a direct charge to customers’ accounts. The Company does not earn performance-based incentives. Estate management fees are 
based upon the size of the estate. A partial fee is recognized half-way through the estate administration and the remainder of the fee is 
recognized when remaining assets are distributed and the estate is closed. 

Insurance and Investment 

Insurance  income  primarily  consists  of  commissions  received  on  insurance  product  sales.  The  Company  acts  as  an  intermediary 
between the Company’s customer and the insurance carrier. The Company’s performance obligation is generally satisfied upon the issuance 
of the insurance policy. Shortly after the insurance policy is issued, the carrier remits the commission payment to the Company, and the 
Company recognizes the revenue. 

Investment income consists of recurring revenue  streams such as commissions  from sales of  mutual  funds and other investments. 
Commissions from the sale of mutual funds and other investments are recognized on trade date, which is when the Company has satisfied 
its performance obligation. The Company also receives periodic service fees (i.e., trailers) from mutual fund companies typically based on 
a percentage of net asset value. Trailer revenue is recorded over time, usually monthly or quarterly, as net asset value is determined. 

90 

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
The following presents noninterest income, segregated by revenue streams in-scope and out-of-scope of Topic 606, for the years ended 

December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

Noninterest Income 
In-scope of Topic 606: 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Credit and debit card fees 
Trust income 

Insurance and Investment (included within Other Income on the 

Consolidated Statements of Income) 
Noninterest Income (in-scope of Topic 606) 
Noninterest Income (out-of-scope of Topic 606) 

Total noninterest income 

2019 

December 31, 
2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,453  
198  
1,398  
1,622  

483  
6,154  
2,636   
8,790  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,678  
132  
1,431  
1,565  

460  
6,266  
1,463   
7,729  

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,776  
205  
1,205  
1,530  

398 
6,114  
1,522  
7,636  

Note 19: Leases 

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)” and all subsequent ASUs that modified Topic 842. 
The Company elected the prospective application approach provided by ASU 2018-11 and did not adjust prior periods for ASC 842. There 
was no cumulative effect adjustment at adoption. The Company also elected certain practical expedients within the standard and did not 
reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, did not reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing 
leases and did not reassess any initial direct costs for existing leases. Prior to adoption, all of the Company’s leases were classified as 
operating leases and remain operating leases at adoption. As stated in to the Company’s 2018 Form 10-K, Note 1 Summary of Significant 
Accounting Policies, the implementation of the new standard resulted in recognition of a right-of-use asset and offsetting lease liability of 
$684 for leases existing at the date of adoption. 

Contracts that commence subsequent to adoption are evaluated to determine whether they are or contain a lease in accordance with 
Topic 842. The Company has elected the practical expedient provided by Topic 842 not to allocate consideration in a contract between 
lease and non-lease components. The Company also elected, as provided by the standard, not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease 
liabilities for short-term leases, defined by the standard as leases with terms of 12 months or less. Since adoption, the Company entered into 
new operating leases and recognized right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. 

Lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments and are presented at each reporting date as the net present 
value of the remaining contractual cash flows. Cash flows are discounted at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate in effect at the 
commencement date of the lease. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use the underlying asset for the lease term and are 
calculated as the sum of the lease liability and if applicable, prepaid rent, initial direct costs and any incentives received from the lessor. 

Lease payments 

Lease payments for short-term leases are recognized as lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, or for variable lease 
payments, in the period in which the obligation was incurred. Payments for leases with terms longer than 12 months are included in the 
determination of the lease liability. Payments may be fixed for the term of the lease or variable. If the lease agreement provides a known 
escalator, such as a specified percentage increase per year or a stated increase at a specified time, the variable payment is included in the 
cash flows used to determine the lease liability. If the variable payment is based upon an unknown escalator, such as the consumer price 
index at a future date, the increase is not included in the cash flows used to determine the lease liability. Two of the Company’s leases 
provide known escalators that are included in the determination of the lease liability. The remaining leases do not have variable payments 
during the term of the lease. 

Options to Extend, Residual Value Guarantees, and Restrictions and Covenants 

Of the Company’s six leases, three leases offer the option to extend the lease term. Each of the three leases provides two options of 
five years each. For one of the leases, the Company is reasonably certain it will exercise one option of five years and has included the 
additional time and lease payments in the calculation of the lease liability. The lease agreement provides that the lease payment will increase 
at the exercise date based on the consumer price index-urban (“CPI-U”). Because the CPI-U at the exercise date is unknown, the increase 
is not included in the cash flows determining the lease liability. None of the Company’s leases provide for residual value guarantees and 
none provide restrictions or covenants that would impact dividends or require incurring additional financial obligations. 

91 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
The Company’s lease right of use asset is included in other assets and the lease liability is included in other liabilities.  The following 

tables present information about leases: 

Lease liability 
Right-of-use asset 
Weighted average remaining lease term 
Weighted average discount rate 

Lease Expense 
Operating lease expense 
Short-term lease expense 
Total lease expense 

Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating 
lease liabilities commencing during the period 

As of 
December 31, 2019   
2,286  
2,277  
6.90 years  

$ 
$ 

3.02 % 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

310  
114  
424  

414  

1,837  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

NR  
NR  
298  

NR  

NR  

The following table presents a maturity schedule of undiscounted cash flows that contribute to the lease liability: 

Undiscounted Cash Flow for the 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2020 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2021 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2022 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2023 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2024 
Thereafter 
Total undiscounted cash flows 

Less: discount 
Lease liability 

As of  
December 31, 2019 

$ 

$ 

$ 

354  
345  
349  
351  
333  
848  
2,580  
(294)  
2,286  

The contracts in which the Company is lessee are with parties external to the company and not related parties.  The Company has a 

small lease relationship with a director in which the Company is lessor.   

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors  
National Bankshares, Inc. 
Blacksburg, Virginia 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of National Bankshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the  Company) as of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity 
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes to the consolidated financial 
statements (collectively, the financial statements).  In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — 
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report 
dated March 11, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Basis for Opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the  Company’s  management. Our responsibility is to express an  opinion on  the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.  
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error 
or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding 
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ YOUNT, HYDE & BARBOUR, P.C. 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000. 

Winchester, Virginia 
March 11, 2020 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors  
National Bankshares, Inc.   
Blacksburg, Virginia 

Opinion on the Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
We have audited National Bankshares, Inc. and subsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), 
the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive 
income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the 
related notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company, and our report dated March 11, 2020 expressed an unqualified 
opinion. 

Basis for Opinion 
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over 
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on 
our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company 
in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also 
included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention 
or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  the  company's  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the 
financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ YOUNT, HYDE & BARBOUR, P.C. 

Winchester, Virginia 
March 11, 2020 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A. Controls and  Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company's management evaluated, with the participation of the Company's principal executive officer and principal financial 
officer,  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, 
the  Company's  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  concluded  that  the  Company's  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures are effective as of December 31, 2019 to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company 
files or submits  under the Exchange  Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported,  within  the time periods specified by the 
Company's management, including the Company's principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange 
Act) during the year ended December 31, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting. 

Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, the Company believes that no system of controls, no matter how well 

designed and operated, can provide absolute assurance that all control issues have been detected. 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

 Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

To the Stockholders of National Bankshares, Inc.: 

  Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual 
report. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United  States  of  America  and  reflect  management's  judgments  and  estimates  concerning  effects  of  events  and  transactions  that  are 
accounted for or disclosed. 
  Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company's 
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the Company's ability to record, process, 
summarize  and  report  reliable  financial  data.  Management  recognizes  that  there  are  inherent  limitations  in  the  effectiveness  of  any 
internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of internal control. 
Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to consolidated 
financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting 
may vary over time. 

In order to ensure that the Company's internal control over financial reporting is effective, management regularly assesses such 
controls and did so most recently for its financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. This assessment was based on criteria for effective 
internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations (COSO, 2013) of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes the Company maintained 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. 

The Board of Directors, acting through its Audit Committee, is responsible for the oversight of the Company's accounting policies, 
financial reporting and internal control. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is comprised entirely of outside directors who 
are  independent  of  management.  The  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  the  appointment  and  compensation  of  the  independent 
registered public accounting firm and approves decisions regarding the appointment or removal of the Company’s internal auditors. It 
meets periodically with management, the independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors to ensure that they are 
carrying  out  their  responsibilities.  The  Audit  Committee  is  also  responsible  for  performing  an  oversight  role  by  reviewing  and 
monitoring the financial, accounting and auditing procedures of the Company in addition to reviewing the Company's financial reports. 
The independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors have full and unlimited access to the Audit Committee, with 
or without management, to discuss the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, and any other matter which they believe 
should be brought to the attention of the Audit Committee. The Company's independent registered public accounting firm has also issued 
an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information 

None. 

Part III 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The information required by Item 10 with respect to the directors of the Company and the Company’s audit committee and the audit 
committee  financial  expert  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2020  Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 12, 2020 (“Proxy Statement”) under the headings “Proposal 1 - Election of Four Class 3 
Directors,” “Directors Continuing in Office” and “Corporate Governance Matters”.  Information about the Company’s executive officers 
required by this item is included in Part I, Item I of this Form 10-K under the heading “Executive Officers of the Company”. 

Based on the written representations of the Company’s directors and executive officers, during the year ended December 31, 2019, 

all directors and executive officers complied with all applicable filing requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act. 

The Company and each of its subsidiaries have adopted codes of ethics for directors, officers and employees, specifically including 
the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Bankshares. These Codes of Ethics are available on the Company’s web site 
at www.nationalbankshares.com.  

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

The  information  required  by  Item  11  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  information  that  appears  under  the  headings 

“Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Corporate Governance Matters – Board Compensation,” 
 “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  and  “Compensation  Committee  Report”  in  the  Company’s  Proxy 
Statement. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings “Stock 
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Stock Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” in the Company’s Proxy Statement. 
As of December 31, 2019, there were no equity awards outstanding, and the Company does not have any equity compensation plans in 
effect. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings “Corporate 
Governance Matters,” “Directors Independence and Certain Transactions with Officers and Directors” and “Directors Continuing in Office” 
in the Company’s Proxy Statement.  

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the heading “Principal 

Accounting Fees and Services” in the Company’s Proxy Statement. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part IV 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a) (1)  Financial Statements 

The following consolidated financial statements of National Bankshares, Inc. are included in Item 8: 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets – As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 
Consolidated Statements of Income – Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity – Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules 

Certain schedules to the consolidated financial statements have been omitted if they were not required by Article 9 of Regulation S-X or 

if, under the related instructions, they were inapplicable, or if the information is contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K. 

(a) (3) Exhibits 

A list of the exhibits filed or incorporated in this Form 10-K by reference is as follows:  

Exhibit No. 
3(i) 

Description 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of National Bankshares, 
Inc. 

3(ii) 

Amended By-laws of National Bankshares, Inc. 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
3.1 of the Form 8-K filed on March 16, 2006) 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
3(ii) of the Form 8-K filed on July 9, 2014) 

4 

*10(i) 

*10(ii) 

*10(iii) 

*10(iv) 

*10(v) 

Executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  March  11,  2015,  between 
National Bankshares, Inc. and F. Brad Denardo 

Employee  Lease  Agreement  dated  August  14,  2002,  between  National 
Bankshares, Inc. and The National Bank of Blacksburg 

Specimen copy of certificate for National Bankshares, Inc. common stock   (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
4(a) of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
fiscal year ended December 31, 1993) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10  of  Form  10-Q  for  the  period  ended 
September 30, 2002) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2  of  the  Form  8-K  filed  on  March  11, 
2015) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
99 of the Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2006) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2  of  the  Form  8-K  filed  on  January  25, 
2012) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10 of the Form 8-K filed on December 19, 
2007) 

Salary  Continuation  Agreement  dated  February  8,  2006,  between  The 
National Bank of Blacksburg and F. Brad Denardo 
Salary Continuation Agreement dated February 8, 2006, between  
The National Bank of Blacksburg  and David K. Skeens 

First Amendment, dated December 19, 2007, to The National Bank of 
Blacksburg Salary Continuation Agreement for F. Brad Denardo 

*10(vi) 

First  Amendment,  dated  December  19,  2007,  to  The  National  Bank  of 
Blacksburg  Salary Continuation Agreement for David K. Skeens 

*10(vii) 

*10(viii) 

Second  Amendment,  dated  June  12,  2008,  to  The  National  Bank  of 
Blacksburg Salary Continuation Agreement for F. Brad Denardo 
Second Amendment, dated December 17, 2008, to The National Bank of 
Blacksburg  Salary Continuation Agreement for David K. Skeens 

*10(ix) 

Third  Amendment,  dated  December  17,  2008,  to  The  National  Bank  of 
Blacksburg Salary Continuation Agreement for F. Brad Denardo 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2  of  the  Form  8-K  filed  on  January  25, 
2012) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10 of the Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2008) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2  of  the  Form  8-K  filed  on  January  25, 
2012) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10(iii)  of  the  Annual  Report on  Form  10-K 
for fiscal  year ended December 31, 2008) 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10(x) 

Third  Amendment,  dated    January  20,  2012,  to  The  National  Bank  of 
Blacksburg  Salary Continuation Agreement for David K. Skeens 

*10(xi) 

*10(xv) 

*10(xii) 

*10(xvi) 

*10(xiv) 

*10(xiii) 

Salary Continuation Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between  
The National Bank of Blacksburg  and Paul A. Mylum 
Second Salary Continuation Agreement dated June 26, 2016 between  
The National Bank of Blacksburg  and F. Brad Denardo 
Salary Continuation Agreement dated February 8, 2006 between  
The National Bankshares, Inc. and Lara E. Ramsey 
First Amendment, dated December 19, 2007, to National Bankshares, Inc.  
Salary Continuation Agreement for Lara E. Ramsey 
Second Amendment, dated December 17, 2008, to National Bankshares, 
Inc. Salary Continuation Agreement for Lara E. Ramsey 
Third  Amendment,  dated  June  22,  2016,  to  National  Bankshares,  Inc. 
Salary Continuation Agreement for Lara E. Ramsey 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant 
Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.  
Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer 
Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer 
The following materials from National Bankshares, Inc.’s Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  formatted  in 
XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language), furnished herewith: 
(i) Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii) Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations,  (iii) Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Shareholders’ 
Equity,  (iv) Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  and  (v) Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 
*Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
+Filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

+21 
+23 
+31(i) 
+31(ii) 
+32(i) 
+32(ii) 
+101 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2  of  the  Form  8-K  filed  on  January  25, 
2012) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2018) 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on July 20, 2016) 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2017) 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2017) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2017) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2017) 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary  

Not applicable. 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Signatures 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to 

be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

NATIONAL BANKSHARES, INC. 

/s/ F. BRAD DENARDO 
By: F. Brad Denardo 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date: March 11, 2020 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

/s/ LAWRENCE J. BALL    

Lawrence J. Ball 

/s/ F. BRAD DENARDO 

F. Brad Denardo 

/s/ JOHN E. DOOLEY 

John E. Dooley 

/s/ MICHAEL E. DYE 

Michael E. Dye 

/s/ NORMAN V. FITZWATER, III 

Norman V. Fitzwater, III 

/s/ CHARLES E. GREEN, III         

Charles. E. Green, III 

/s/ MILDRED R. JOHNSON 

Mildred R. Johnson 

/s/ MARY G. MILLER 

Mary G. Miller 

/s/ WILLIAM A. PEERY 
William A. Peery 

Date 

03/11/2020 

Title 

Director 

03/11/2020 

03/11/2020 

President and CEO, National Bankshares, Inc. 

(Principal Executive Officer) 

Director 

Director 

03/11/2020 

Director 

03/11/2020 

Director 

03/11/2020 

Director 

03/11/2020 

Director 

03/11/2020 

Director 

03/11/2020 

Director 

(Continued) 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ GLENN P. REYNOLDS 

Glenn P. Reynolds 

/s/ DAVID K. SKEENS 

David K. Skeens 

/s/ JAMES C. THOMPSON 

James C. Thompson 

/s/ J. LEWIS WEBB, JR. 

J. Lewis Webb, Jr. 

03/11/2020 

Director 

3/11/2020 

Treasurer and CFO, National Bankshares, Inc. 

(Principal Financial Officer) 

(Principal Accounting Officer) 

03/11/2020 

Director 

03/11/2020 

Director 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

Registrant:  National Bankshares Inc. 
Incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia 

Subsidiaries of National Bankshares Inc.: 

The National Bank of Blacksburg 
Chartered under the laws of the United States 

National Bankshares Financial Services, Inc. 
Incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia 

NB Operating, Inc. 
Incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 31(i) 

I, F. Brad Denardo, President and Chief Executive Officer of National Bankshares, Inc., certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of National Bankshares, Inc.; 

CERTIFICATIONS  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the 
period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a – 15 (e) and 15d – 15 (e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a – 15(f) and 15d – 15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  based  on  such 
evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions): 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 11, 2020 

/s/ F. BRAD DENARDO 
F. Brad Denardo 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(ii)   

CERTIFICATIONS  

I, David K. Skeens, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of National Bankshares, Inc., certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of National Bankshares, Inc.; 

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the 
period covered by this report; 

3.    Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a – 15 (e) and 15d – 15 (e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a – 15(f) and 15d – 15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated 
financial statements for external purpose in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  based  on  such 
evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions): 

(a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

(b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 11, 2020 

/s/ DAVID K. SKEENS 
David K. Skeens 
Treasurer and  
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

103 

 
 
 
    
 
    
                                      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(i) 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of National Bankshares, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019, I, F. Brad 
Denardo, President and Chief Executive Officer of National Bankshares, Inc., hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief that: 

(1)  such Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  the information contained in such Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, fairly presents in all material respects, 

the financial condition and results of operations of National Bankshares, Inc. 

Dated: March 11, 2020 

/s/ F. BRAD DENARDO 
F. Brad Denardo 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(ii) 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of National Bankshares, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019, I, David 
K. Skeens, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of National Bankshares, Inc., hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief that: 

(1)  such Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  the information contained in such Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, fairly presents in all material respects, 

the financial condition and results of operations of National Bankshares, Inc. 

Dated: March 11, 2020 

/s/ DAVID K. SKEENS 
David K. Skeens 
Treasurer and  
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank)

 
(This page intentionally left blank)

 
(This page intentionally left blank)

 
Committed To

Community 

Banking

Serving Southwest 

Virginia Since 1891

NATIONAL BANKSHARES, INC.
101 HUBBARD STREET
BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA 24060

WWW.NATIONALBANKSHARES.COM

National Bankshares

BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA | NASDAQ: NKSH 

NATIONALBANKSHARES.COM  

2019

A N N U A L   R E P O R T